NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometric Ideas

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths  Chapter 4 Basic Geometric Ideas

Basic Geometric Ideas Introduction

Geometry has a long and rich history. The term ‘Geometry’ is the English equivalent of the Greek word ‘Geometron’. ‘Geo’ means Earth and ‘metron’ means Measurement.

According to historians, geometrical ideas were shaped in ancient times, probably due to the need for art, architecture, and measurement.

These include occasions when the boundaries of cultivated lands had to be marked without giving room for complaints. Construction of magnificent palaces, temples, lakes, dams, and cities, art, and architecture propped up these ideas.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Art, Architecture And Measurements

Even today geometrical ideas are reflected in all forms of art, measurements, architecture, engineering, cloth designing, etc. You observe and use different objects like boxes, tables, books, the tiffin box you carry to your school for lunch, the ball with which you play, and so on.

All such objects have different shapes. The ruler which you use, and the pencil with which you write are straight. The pictures of a bangle, the one rupee coin, or a ball appear round.

Here, you will learn some interesting facts that will help you know more about the shapes around you.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometric Ideas

Points

With the sharp tip of the pencil, mark a dot on the paper. The sharper the tip, the thinner will be the dot. This almost invisible tiny dot will give you an idea of a point.

A point determines a location.

These are some models for a point:

If you mark three points on a paper, you will be required to distinguish them. For this, they are denoted by a single capital letter like A, B, C.

These points will be read as point A, point B, and point C.

Of course, the dots have to be invisibly thin.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Models Of A Point

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths  A Line Segment

Fold a piece of paper and unfold it. Do you see a fold? This gives the idea of a line segment. It has two end points A and B.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Fold A Piece Of Paper And Unfold

Take a thin thread. Hold its two ends and stretch it without a slack. It represents a line segment. The ends held by hands are the end B points of the line segment.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers The End sHeld By Hands Are The End Points Of The Line Segment

The following are some models for a line segment:

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Models For Line Segment

Try to find more examples of line segments from your surroundings.

Mark any two points A and B on a sheet of paper. Try to connect A to B by all possible routes.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Mark Any Two Points A And B On A Sheet Of Paper Try To Connect By All Possible Routes

What is the shortest route from A to B?

This shortest join of points A to B (including A and B) shown here is a line segment. It is denoted by \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) or \(\overrightarrow{B A}\) . Points A and B are called the endpoints of the segment.

A Line

Imagine that the line segment from A to B (i.e. \(\overrightarrow{A B}\) ) is extended beyond A in one direction and beyond B in the other direction without any end (see figure). You now get a model for a line.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers A Line

Do you think you can draw a complete picture of a line? No. (Why?)

A line through two points A and B is written as \(\overrightarrow{A B}\)• It extends indefinitely in both directions. So it contains a countless number of points. (Think about this).

Two points are enough to fix a line. We say ‘Two points determine a line’.

The adjacent diagram is that of a line PQ written as \(\overrightarrow{P Q}\). Sometimes a line is denoted by a letter like l, m.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers The Adjacent Diagram

Intersecting Lines

Look at the diagram. Two lines l1 and l2 are shown. Both the lines pass through point P.

We say l1 and l2 intersect at P. If two lines have one common point, they are called intersecting lines.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Intersecting Lines

The following are some models of a pair of intersecting lines:

Try to find some more models for a pair of intersecting lines.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Models For A Pair Of Intersecting Lines

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths  Parallel Lines

Let us look at this table. The top ABCD is flat. Are you able to see some points and line segments?

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Parallel Lines

Are there intersecting line segments?

Yes, AS and BQ intersect at the point B.

Which fine segments intersect at A? at C? or at D?

Do the lines AD and CD intersect?

Do the lines \(\overrightarrow{A D}\) and \(\overrightarrow{B C}\) intersect?

You find that on the table’s surface, there are line segments that will not meet, however far they are extended. \(\overrightarrow{A D}\) and \(\overrightarrow{B C}\) form one such pair. Can you identify one more such pair of lines (which do not meet) on the top of the table?

Lines like these that do not meet are said to be parallel and are called parallel lines.

Ray

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Rays

The following are some models of a ray:

A ray is a portion of a line. It starts at one point (called the starting point or initial point) and goes endlessly in a direction.

Look at the diagram of the ray shown here. Two points are shown on the ray.

They are

  1. A, the starting point
  2. P, a point on the path of the ray.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers A Point On The Path Of The Ray

We denote it by \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AP}}\)

Curves

You can draw some of these drawings without lifting the pencil from the paper and without die use of a ruler. These are all curves.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Curves

‘Curve’ in everyday usage means “not straight’’. In Mathematics, a curve can be straight like the one shown.

Observe that curves (3) and (4) in Figure cross themselves, whereas curves (1), (2), (5), and (6) do not. If a curve does not cross itself, then it is called a simple curve.

Draw five more simple curves and five curves that are not simple.

Consider these now.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Open And Closed Curves

What is the difference between these two? The first i.e. (1) is an open curve and the second i.e. (2) is a closed curve. Can you identify some closed and open curves from the above? Draw five curves each that are open and closed.

Position in a figure

A court line in a tennis court is divided into three parts: inside the line, on the line, and outside the line. You cannot enter inside without crossing the line.

A compound wall separates your house from the road. You talk about ‘inside’ the compound, ‘on’ the boundary of the compound, and ‘outside’ the compound.

In a closed curve, thus, there are three parts.

  1. Interior (‘inside’) of the curve
  2. Boundary (‘on’) of the curve and
  3. Exterior (‘outside’) of the curve.

The below is in the interior, C is in the exterior and B is on the curve.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Closed Curve

The interior of a curve together with its boundary is called its “region”.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths  Polygons

Look at these below (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6).

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Polygons

What can you say? Are they closed? How does each one of them differ from die other? (1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) are special because they are made up entirely of line segments.

Out of these (1), (2), (3), and (4) are also simple closed curves. They are called polygons.

So, a figure is a polygon if it is a simple closed figure made up entirely of line segments. Draw ten differently shaped polygons.

Sides, vertices, and diagonals

Examine the figure given here. Give justification to call it a polygon.

The line segments forming a polygon are called its sides.

What are the sides of polygon ABCDE? (Note how the comers are named in order.)

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Sides, Vertices And Diagonals

Sides are \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\), \(\overline{\mathrm{BC}}\), \(\overline{\mathrm{CD}}\), \(\overline{\mathrm{DE}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{EA}}\).

The meeting point of a pair of sides is called its vertex.

Sides \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{ED}}\) meet at E, so E is a vertex of the polygon ABCDE. Points B and C are its other vertices. Can you name the sides that meet at these points? Can you name the other vertices of the above polygon ABCDE?

Any two sides with a common endpoint are called the adjacent sides of the polygon.

Are the sides \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{BC}}\) adjacent? How about \(\overline{\mathrm{AE}}\) and \(\overline{\mathrm{DC}}\)? The endpoints of the same side of a polygon are called the adjacent vertices.

Vertices E and D are adjacent, whereas vertices A and D are not adjacent vertices. Do you see why?

Consider the pairs of vertices which are not adjacent. The joins of these vertices are called the diagonals of the polygon.

In the given \(\overline{\mathrm{AC}}, \overline{\mathrm{AD}}, \overline{\mathrm{BD}}, \overline{\mathrm{BE}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{CE}}\) are diagonals. Is \(\overline{\mathrm{BC}}\) a diagonal, Why or why not?

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Diagonals Of The Polygon

If you try to join adjacent vertices, will the result be a diagonal?

Name all the aides, adjacent aides, and adjacent vertices of the figure ABCDE.

Draw q polygon ABCDEFGH and name all the aides, adjacent sides, and vertices as well as the diagonals of the polygon.

Angles

Angles are made when comers are formed.

Here is a picture where the top of a box is like a hinged lid. The edges AD of the box and AP of the door can be imagined as two rays \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AD}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AD}}\).

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Angles

These two rays have a common initial point A. The two rays here together are said to form an angle.

An angle is made up of two rays starting from a common initial point. The two rays forming the angle are called the arms or sides of the angle. The common initial point is the vertex of the angle.

This is an angle formed by rays \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OP}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{OQ}}\). To show this we use a small curve at the vertex. 0 is the vertex. What are the sides? Are they not \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{OP}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{OQ}}\)?

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers An Angle Formed By A ray

How can we name this angle? We can simply say that is an angle at O. To be more specific we identify two points, one on each side and the vertex to; tame the angle. Angle POQ is thus a better way of naming the angle. We denote this by ∠POQ.

Take any angle, say ∠ABC.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Any Angle

Shade that portion of the paper bordering \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{BA}}\) and where \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{BC}}\) lies.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Portion Of The Paper Bordering

Now shade in a different color the portion of the paper bordering \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{BC}}\) and where \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AB}}\) lies.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Shaded In Different Colour The Portion Of The Paper Bordering

The portion common to both shadings is called the interior of ABC. (Note that the interior is not a restricted area; it extends indefinitely since the two sides extend indefinitely).

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers The Portion Common To Both Shadings Is Called The Interior

In this diagram, X is in the interior of the angle, Z is not in the interior but in the exterior of the angle, and S is on the ∠PQR. Thus, the angle also has three parts associated with it.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 4 Basic Geometrical Numbers Interior Of The Angle

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes

Understanding Elementary Shapes Introduction

All the shapes we see around us are formed using curves or lines. We can see comers, edges, planes, open curves, and closed curves in our surroundings.

We organize them into line segments, angles, triangles, polygons, and circles. We find that they have different sizes and measures. Let us now try to develop tools to compare their sizes.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Measuring Line Segments

We have drawn and seen so many line segments. A triangle is made of three, and a quadrilateral of four line segments. A line segment is a fixed portion of a line.

This makes it possible to measure a line segment. This measure of each line segment is a unique number called its “length”. We use this idea to compare line segments.

To compare any two line segments, we find a relation between their lengths. This can be done in several ways.

1. Comparison by observation:

By just looking at them can you tell which one is longer?

You can see that \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) is longer.

But you cannot always be sure about your usual judgment.

For example, look at the adjoining segments:

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Measuring Line Segments

The difference in lengths between these two may not be obvious. This makes other ways of comparing necessary.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes

In this adjacent figure, \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{PQ}}\) have the same lengths. This is not quite obvious.

So, we need better methods of comparing line A segments.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Adjacent

2. comparison by tracing

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Comparison By Tracing

To compare \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{CD}}\), we use a tracing paper, trace \(\overline{\mathrm{CD}}\), and place the traced segment on AB.

Can you decide now which one among \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}} \text { and } \overline{\mathrm{CD}}\), is longer?

The method depends upon the accuracy of tracing the line segment. Moreover, if you want to compare with another length, you have to trace another line segment.

This is difficult and you cannot trace the lengths every time you want to compare them.

3. Comparison Using Ruler and a Divider

Have you seen or can you recognize all the instruments in your instrument box? Among other things, you have a miler and a divider.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Ruler

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Divider

Note how the meter is marked along one of its edges. It is divided into 15 parts. Each of these 15 parts is 1cm in length. Each centimeter is divided into subparts. Each subpart of the division of a cm is 1mm.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Comparision Using Ruler

How many millimeters make one centimeter? Since 1cm = 10 mm, how will we write 2 cm? 3mm? What do we mean by 7.7 cm?
Place the zero mark of the meter at A.

Read the mark against. This gives the length of \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\). Suppose the length is 5.8 cm, we may write, Length AB = 5.8 cm or more simply as AB = 5.8 cm.

There is room for errors even in this procedure. The thickness of the meter may cause difficulties in reading off the marks on it.

Let us use the divider to measure length.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes The Divider To Measure Length

Open the divider. Place the end point of one of its arms at A and the end point of the second arm at B.

Taking care that the opening ofthe divider is not disturbed, lift the divider and place it on the ruler. Ensure that one endpoint is at the zero mark of the ruler. Now read the mark against the other endpoint.

Angles Right And Straight

You have heard of directions in Geography. We know that China is to the north of India, and Sri Lanka is to the south. We also know that the Sun rises in the east and sets in the west. There are four main directions.

They are North (N), South (S), East (E) and West (W). Do you know which direction is opposite to the north? Which direction is opposite to the west? Just recollect what you know already.

We now use this knowledge to learn a few properties about angles. Stand facing north.

Turn clockwise to the east.

We say you have turned through a right angle. Follow this with a ‘right-angle-tum’, clockwise.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Clockwise

You now face south. If you turn by a right angle in the anti-clockwise direction, which direction will you face? It is east again! (Why?) Study the following positions

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Clockwise To East Position

From facing north to facing south, you have turned by two right angles. Is not this the same as a single turn by two right angles? The turn from north to east is at a right angle.

The turn from north to south is by two right angles; it is called a straight angle. (NS is a straight line) Stand facing south.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes A Straight Angle

Turn by a straight angle. Which direction do you face now? You face north! To turn from north to south, you took a straight-angle turn, again to turn from south to north.

You took another straight-angle turn in the same direction. Thus, turning by two straight angles you reach your original position.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Original Position

By how many right, angles should you turn in the same direction to reach your original position? Turning by two straight angles (or four right angles) in the same direction makes a full turn.

This one complete turn is called one revolution. The angle for one revolution is a complete angle. We can see such revolutions on clock faces.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Complete Angle

When the hand of a clock moves from one position to another, it turns through an angle.

Suppose the hand of a clock starts at 12 and goes round until it reaches 12 again. Has it not made one revolution? So, how many right angles has it moved? Consider these examples

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes An Angles In Different Right Angles

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Angles Acute Obtuse And Reflex

We saw what we mean by a right angle and a straight angle. However, not all the angles we come across are one of these two kinds.

The angle made by a ladder with the wall (or with the floor) is neither a right angle nor a straight angle.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Angles Acute, Obtuse And Reflex

Are there angles smaller than a right angle? Are there angles greater than a right angle? Have you seen a carpenter’s square? It looks like the letter “L” of the English alphabet.

He uses it to check right angles. Let us also make a similar ‘tester’ for a right angle.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes L Shaped Alphabet

Other Names

1. An angle smaller than a right angle is called an acute angle. These are acute angles

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes An Acute Angles

Do you see that each one of them is less than one-fourth of a revolution? Examine them with your RA tester.

2. If an angle is larger than a right angle but less than a straight angle, it is called an obtuse angle. These are obtuse angles.

Do you see that each one of them is greater than one-fourth of a revolution but less than half a revolution? Your RA tester may help to examine.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes An Obtuse Angles

Identify the obtuse angles in the previous examples too.

3. A reflex angle is larger than a straight angle. It looks like this. (See the angle mark) Were there any reflex angles in the shapes you made earlier? How would you check for them?

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes A Reflex Angle

Measuring Angles

The improvised ‘Right-angle tester’ we made is helpful to compare angles with a right angle. We were able to classify the angles as acute, obtuse, or reflex.

But this does not give a precise comparison. It cannot find which one of the two obtuse angles is greater. So in order to be more precise in comparison, we need to ‘measure’ the angles.  We can do it with a ‘protractor’.

The measure of angle

We call our measure, ‘degree measure’. One complete revolution is divided into 360 equal parts. Each part is a degree. We write 360° to say ‘three hundred sixty degrees’.

The Protractor

You can find a readymade protractor in your ‘instrument box’. The curved edge is divided into 180 equal parts.

Each part is equal to a ‘degree’. The markings start from 0° on the right side and end at 180° on the left side, and vice versa.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes The Protractor

Suppose you want to measure an angle ABC.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Measuring An Angles

  1. Place the protractor so that the midpoint (M in the figure) of its
    straight edge lies on the vertex B of the angle.
  2. Adjust the protractor so that \(\overline{\mathrm{BC}}\) is along the straight edge ofthe protractor.
  3. There are two ‘scales’ on the protractor: read that scale which has the 0° mark coinciding with the straight edge (i.e. with ray BC )
  4. The mark shown by \(\overline{\mathrm{BC}}\) on the curved edge gives the degree measure of the angle.

We write m ∠ABC= 40°, or simply ∠ABC= 40°.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Perpendicular Lines

When two lines intersect and the angle between them is a right angle, then the lines are said to be perpendicular. If a line AB is perpendicular to CD, we write \(A B \perp C D \text {. }\) .

If \(A B \perp C D\), then should we say that \(\mathrm{CD} \perp \mathrm{AB}\) also?

Perpendiculars around us!

You can give plenty of examples from things around you for perpendicular lines (or line segments). The English alphabet T is one. Is there any other alphabet that illustrates perpendicularity?

Consider the edges of a postcard. Are the edges perpendicular?

Let \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) be a line segment. Mark its midpoint as M. Let MN be a line perpendicular to \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) through M.

Does MN divide \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) into two equal parts? MN bisects \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) (that is, divides \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\) into two equal parts) and is also perpendicular to \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\).

So we say MN is the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{\mathrm{AB}}\). You will learn to construct it later.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Perpendicular Lines

Quadrilaterals

A quadrilateral, if you remember, is a polygon that has four sides.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Polygons

So far you studied polygons of 3 o r4 sides (known as triangles and quadrilaterals respectively). We now try to extend the idea of polygon to figures with more sides. We may classify polygons according to the number of their sides.

image-

You can find many of these shapes in everyday life. Windows, doors, walls, almirahs, blackboards, notebooks are all usually rectanglular in shape. Floor tiles are rectangles. The sturdy nature of a triangle makes it the most useful shape in engineering constructions.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Chapter 5 Understanding Elementary Shapes Polygons

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Playing With Numbers

Playing With Numbers Introduction

Ramesh has 6 marbles with him. He wants to arrange them in rows in such a way that each row has the same number of marbles. He arranges them in the following ways and matches the total number of marbles.

1. 1 Marble in each row

Number of rows = 6

Total number of marbles = 1 x 6 = 6.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers 1 Marble In Each Row

2. 2 marbles in each row

Number of rows = 3

Total number of marbles = 2 x 3 = 6.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers 2 Marble In Each Row

3. 3 marbles in each row

Number of rows = 2

Total number of marbles = 3 x 2 = 6.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers 3 Marble In Each Row

4. He could not think of any arrangement in which each row had 4 marbles or 5 marbles. So, the only possible arrangement left was with all the 6 marbles in a row.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers

Number of rows = 1

Total number of marbles = 6 x 1 = 6

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers 6 Marble In a Row

From these calculations, Ramesh observes that 6 can be written as a product of two numbers in different ways as

6 = 1 x 6; 6 = 2 x 3; 6 = 3 x 2; 6 = 6 x 1;

From 6 = 2 x 3, it can be said that 2 and 3 exactly divide 6. So, 2 and 3 are exact divisors of 6. From the other product 6 = 1 x 6, the exact divisors of 6 are found to be 1 and 6.

Thus, 1, 2, 3, and 6 are exact divisors of 6. They are called the factors of 6. found to be 1 and 6. Try arranging 18 marbles in rows and find the factors of 18.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Factors and Multiples

Mary wants to find those numbers that are exactly divided by 4. She divides 4 by numbers less than 4 this way.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers Factors and Multiples

She finds that the number 4 can be written as 4 = 1 x 4; 4 = 2 x 2; 4 = 4×1 and knows that the numbers 1,2 and 4 are exact divisors of 4.

These numbers are called factors of 4.

A factor of a number is an exact divisor of that number.

Observe each of the factors of 4 is less than or equal to 4.

Game-1: This is a game to be played by two persons say A and B. It is
about spotting factors.

It requires 50 pieces of cards numbered 1 to 50.

Arrange the cards on the table like this.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers The Game To Be Played By two Persons A And B

Steps

  1. Decide who plays first, A or B.
  2. Let A play first. He picks up a card from the table and keeps it with him.
  3. Suppose the card has the number 28 on it.
  4. Player B then picks up all those cards having numbers which are factors of
    the number on A’s card (i.e. 28), and puts them in a pile near him.
  5. Player B then picks up a card from the table and keeps it with him. From the cards that are left, A picks up all those cards whose numbers are factors of the number on B’s card. A puts them on the previous card that he collected.
  6. The game continues like this until all the cards are used up.
  7. A will add up the numbers on the cards that he has collected. B too will do the same with his cards. The player with the greater sum will be the winner. The game can be made more interesting by increasing the number of cards. Play this game with your friend. Can you find some way to win the game?

When we write the number 20 as 20 = 4 x 5, we say 4 and 5 are factors of 20. We also say that 20 is a multiple of 4 and 5.

The representation 24 = 2 x 12 shows that 2 and 12 are factors of 24, whereas 24 is a multiple of 2 and 12.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers The Card

We can say that a number is a multiple of each of its factors

Let us now see some interesting facts about factors and multiples.

  1. Collect a number of wooden or paper strips of length 3 units each.
  2. Join them end to end as shown in the following figure.

The length ofthe strip at the top is 3 =1 x 3 units.

The length ofthe strip below it is 3 +3 =6 units.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers A Number Is A Multiple Of each Of Its Factor

Also, 6=2×3. The length ofthe next strip is 3 + 3 + 3 =9 units, and 9 =3×3. Continuing this way we can express the other lengths as,

12 = 3 x 4; 15 = 5 x 3

We say that the numbers 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 are multiples of 3.

The list of multiples of 3 can be continued as 18, 21, 24, …

Each of these multiples is greater than or equal to 3.

The multiples of the number 4 are 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, …

The list is endless. Each of these numbers is greater than or equal to 4

Let us see what we conclude about factors and multiples:

1. Is there any number that occurs as a factor of every number? Yes. It is 1. For example 6 = 1 x 6, 18 = 1 x 18, and so on. Check it for a few more numbers.

We say 1 is a factor of every number.

2. Can 7 be a factor of itself? Yes. You can write 7 as 7 = 7 x 1. What about 10? and 15?

You will find that every number can be expressed in this way. We say that every number is a factor of itself.

3. What are the factors of 16? They are 1, 2,4, 8, 16. Out of these factors do you find any factor which does not divide 16? Try it for 20; 36.

You will find that every factor of a number is an exact divisor of that number.

4. What are the factors of 34? They are 1,2, 17 and 34. Out of these which is the greatest factor? It is 34 itself.

The other factors 1,2 and 17 are less than 34. Try to check this for 64, 81, and 56.

We say that every factor is less than or equal to the given number.

5. The number 76 has 5 factors. How many factors does 136 or 96 have? You will find that you are able to count the number of factors of each of these.

Even if the numbers are as large as 10576, 25642, etc., or larger, you can still count the number of factors of such numbers, (though you may find it difficult to factorize such numbers).

We say that the number of factors of a given number is finite.

6. What are the multiples of 7? Obviously, 7,14,21,28,… You will find that each of these multiples is greater than or equal to 7. Will it happen with each number? Check this for the multiples of 6, 9, and 10.

We find that every multiple of a number is greater than or equal to that number.

7. Write the multiples of 5. They are 5, 10, 15, 20, … Do you think this list will end anywhere? No! The list is endless. Try it with multiples of
6,7 etc.

We find that the number of multiples of a given number is infinite.

8. Can 7 be a multiple of itself? Yes, because 7 = 7×1. Will it be true for other numbers also? Try it with 3,12 and 16.

You will find that every number is a multiple of itself.

The factors of 6 are 1,2,3 and 6. Also, 1+2+3+6 = 12 = 2 x 6. We find that the sum of the factors of 6 is twice the number 6.

All the factors of 28 are 1,2, 4,7,14, and 28. Adding these we have, 1 + 2 + 4 + 7 + 14 + 28 = 56 = 2 x 28. The sum of the factors of 28 is equal to twice the number 28.

A number for which the sum of all its factors is equal to twice the number is called a perfect number. The numbers 6 and 28 are perfect numbers.

Is 10 a perfect number?

Example 1: Write all the factors of 68.

Solution :

We note that

68 = 1 x 68 68 = 2 x 34

68 = 4 x 17 68 = 17 x 4

Stop here, because 4 and 17 have occurred earlier.

Thus, all the factors of 68 are 1,2,4,17, 34 and 68.

Example 2: Find the factors of 36.

Solution:

36 = 1 x 36 36 = 2 x 18 36 = 3 x 12
36 = 4 x 9 36 = 6 x 6

Stop here, because both factors (6) are the same. Thus, the factors are 1,2, 3,4, 6, 9, 12,18 and 36.

Example 3: Write the first five multiples of 6.

Solution:

The required multiples are 6 x 1= 6, 6 x 2 = 12, 6 x 3 = 18, 6 x 4 = 24, 6 x 5 = 30 i.e. 6, 12, 18, 24, and 30.

Prime And Composite Numbers

We are now familiar with the factors of a number. Observe the number of factors of a few numbers arranged in this table.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers Prime And Composite Numbers

We find that

  1. The number 1 has only one factor (i.e. itself).
  2. There are numbers, having exactly two factors 1 and the number itself. Such numbers are 2,3,5,7,11 etc. These numbers are prime numbers.
  3. The numbers other than 1 whose only factors are 1 and the number itself are called Prime numbers.

Try to find some more prime numbers other than these.

There are numbers having more than two factors like 4,6,8,9,10 and so on. These numbers are composite numbers.

Numbers having more than two factors are called Composite numbers. Is 15 a composite number? Why? What about 18? 25?

Without actually checking the factors of a number, we can find prime numbers from 1 to 100 with an easier method.

This method was given by a Greek Mathematician Eratosthenes, in the third century B.C. Let us sec the method. List all numbers from 1 to 100, as shown below.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers Eratosthenes

Step 1: Cross out 1 because it is not a prime number.

Step 2: Encircle 2, cross out all the multiples of 2, other than 2 itself, i.e. 4,6, 8, and so on.

Step 3: You will find that the next uncrossed number is 3. Encircle 3 and cross out all the multiples of 3, other than 3 itself.

Step 4: The next uncrossed number is 5. Encircle 5 and cross out all the multiples of 5 other than 5 itself.

Step 5: Continue this process till all the numbers in the list are either encircled or crossed out.

All the encircled numbers are prime numbers. All the crossed-out numbers, other than 1 are composite numbers.

This method is called the Sieve of Eratosthenes.

Example 4: Write all the prime numbers less than 15.

Solution :

By observing the Sieve Method, we can easily write the required prime numbers as 2,3, 5,7,11, and 13.

even and odd numbers

Do you observe any pattern in the numbers 2,4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,…? You will find that each of them is a multiple of 2.

These are called even numbers. The rest of the numbers 1, 3, 5, 7, 9,11,… are called odd numbers.

You can verify whether a two-digit number or a three-digit number is even or not. How will you know whether a number like 756482 is even? By dividing it by 2. Will it not be tedious?

We say that a number with 0,2,4,6, 8 at the one’s place is an even number. So, 350,4862,59246 are even numbers. The numbers 457,2359,8231 are all odd.

Let us try to find some interesting facts:

  1. Which is the smallest even number? It is 2. Which is the smallest prime number? It is again 2.
    • Thus, 2 is the smallest prime number which is even.
  2. The other prime numbers are 3,5,7,11,13,… Do you find any even number in this list? Of course not, they are all odd.

Thus, we can say that every prime number except 2 is odd.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Tests For Divisibility Of Numbers

Is the number 38 divisible by 2? by 4? by 5?

By actually dividing 38 by these numbers we find that it is divisible by 2 but not by 4 and by 5.

Let us see whether we can find a pattern that can tell us whether a number is divisible by 2,3,4,5,6, 8,9,10, or 11. Do you think such patterns can be easily seen?

Divisibility by 10: Charu was looking at the multiples of 10. The multiples are 10, 20, 30,40, 50, 60,… She found something common in these numbers. Can you tell me what? J Each of these numbers has 0 in one place.

She thought of some more numbers with 0 at one place ^ like 100,1000,3200,7010. She also found that all such numbers are divisible by 10.

She finds that if a number has 0 in the ones place then it is divisible by 10. Can you find out the divisibility rule for 100?

Divisibility by 5: Mani found some interesting patterns in the numbers 5,10, 15,20,25,30,35,… Can you tell the pattern? Look at the unit’s place.

All these numbers have either 0 or 5 in their ones place. We know that these numbers are divisible by 5.

Mani took up some more numbers that are divisible by 5, like 105, 215, 6205, 3500. Again these numbers have either 0 or 5 in their places.

He tried to divide the numbers 23, 56, 97 by 5. Will he be able to do that? Check it. He observes that a number that has either 0 or 5 in its place is divisible by 5, other numbers leave a remainder. Is 1750125 divisible 5?

Divisibility by 2: Charu observes a few multiples of 2 to be 10, 12,14,16… and also numbers like 2410,4356, 1358, 2972, 5974.

She finds some patterns in the place of these numbers. Can you tell that? These numbers have only the digits 0, 2,4, 6, and 8 in one place.

She divides these numbers by 2 and gets the remainder 0. She also finds that the numbers 2467, and 4829 are not divisible by 2. These numbers do not have 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8 in their one place.

Looking at these observations she concludes that a number is divisible by 2 if it has any of the digits 0,2,4, 6, or 8 in its ones place.

Divisibility by 3: Are the numbers 21, 27, 36, 54, 219 divisible by 3? Yes, they are.

Are the numbers 25, 37, 260 divisible by 3? No.

Can you see any pattern in the one place? We cannot, because numbers with the same digit in the ones places can be divisible by 3, like 27, or may not be divisible by 3 like 17, 37.

Let us now try to add the digits of 21, 36, 54, and 219. Do you observe anything special? 2+1=3,3+6=9,5+4=9,2+1+9=12.

All these additions are divisible by 3.

Add the digits 25, 37, 260. We get 2+5=7, 3+7=10, 2+6+0 = 8.

These are not divisible by 3.

We say that if the sum of the digits is a multiple of 3, then the number is divisible by 3. Is 7221 divisible by 3?

Divisibility by 6: Can you identify a number that is divisible by both 2 and 3? One such number is 18. Will 18 be divisible by 2×3=6? Yes, it is.

Find some more numbers like 18 and check if they are divisible by 6 also.

Can you quickly think of a number that is divisible by 2 but not by 3?
Now for a number divisible by 3 but not by 2, one example is 27. Is 27 divisible by 6? No. Try to find numbers like 27.

From these observations, we conclude that if a number is divisible by 2 and 3 then it is divisible by 6 also.

Divisibility by 4: Can you quickly give five 3-digit numbers divisible by 4? One such number is 212. Think of such 4-digit numbers. One example is 1936.

Observe the number formed by the ones and tens places of 212. It is 12; which is divisible by 4. For 1936 it is 36, again divisible by 4.

Try the exercise with other such numbers, for example, 4612; 3516; 9532. Is the number 286 divisible by 4? No. Is 86 divisible by 4? No.

So, we see that a number with 3 or more digits is divisible by 4 if the number formed by its last two digits (i.e. ones and tens) is divisible by 4. Check this rule by taking ten more examples.

Divisibility for 1 or 2-digit numbers by 4 has to be checked by actual division.

Divisibility by 8: Are the numbers 1000, 2104, and 1416 divisible by 8? You can check that they are divisible by 8. Let us try to see the pattern.

Look at the digits at ones, tens, and hundreds in place of these numbers. These are 000,104 and 416 respectively. These too are divisible by 8.

Find some more numbers in which the number formed by the digits at units, tens, and hundreds place (i.e. last 3 digits) is divisible by 8.

For example, 9216,8216,7216,10216, 9995216, etc. You will find that the numbers themselves are divisible by 8.

We find that a number with 4 or more digits is divisible by 8 if the number formed by the last three digits is divisible by 8. Is 73512 divisible by 8?

The divisibility for numbers with 1,2 or 3 digits by 8 has to be checked by actual division.

Divisibility by 9: The multiples of 9 are 9, 18, 27, 36, 45, 54,… There are other numbers like 4608, and 5283 that are also divisible by 9.

Do you find any pattern when the digits of these numbers are added?

1 + 8 = 9, 2 + 7 = 9, 3 + 6 = 9, 4 + 5 = 9 4 + 6 + 0 + 8= 18,5 + 2 + 8 + 3 = 18 All these sums are also divisible by 9. Is the number 758 divisible by 9?

No. The sum of its digits 7 + 5 + 8 = 20 is also not divisible by 9.
These observations lead us to say that if the sum of the digits of a number is divisible by 9, then the number itself is divisible by 9.

Divisibility by 11: The numbers 308,1331 and 61809 are all divisible by 11. We form a table and see if the digits in these numbers lead us to some pattern.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers Divisibility By 11

We observe that in each case the difference is either 0 or divisible by 11. All these numbers are also divisible by 11.

For the number 5081, the difference between the digits is (5+8) – (1+0) = 12 which is not divisible by 11. The number 5081 is also not divisible by 11.

Thus, to check the divisibility of a number by 11, the rule is, to find the difference between the sum of the digits at odd places (from the right) and the sum of the digits at even places (from the right) of the number.

If the difference is either 0 or divisible by 11, then the number is divisible by 11.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Common Factors and Common Multiples

Observe the factors of some numbers taken in pairs.

1. What are the factors of 4 and 18?

The factors of 4 are 1, 2, and 4.

The factors of 18 are 1,2,3,6,9 and 18.

The numbers 1 and 2 are the factors of both 4 and 18.

They are the common factors of 4 and 18.

2. What are the common factors of 4 and 15?

These two numbers have only 1 as the common factor.
What about 7 and 16?

Two numbers having only 1 as a common factor are called co-prime numbers. Thus, 4 and 15 are co-prime numbers.

Are 7 15,12 49,18 and 23 co-prime numbers?

3. Can we find the common factors of 4,12 and 16?

Factors of 4 are 1, 2, and 4.

Factors of 12 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 12.

Factors of 16 are 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16.

Clearly, 1, 2, and 4 are the common factors of 4,12, and 16.

Find the common factors of (1) 8, 12, 20 (2) 9,15, 21.

Let us now look at the multiples of more than one number taken at a time.

1. What are the multiples of 4 and 6?

The multiples of 4 are 4, 8,12,16, 20,24,… (write a few more)

The multiples of 6 are 6,12,18, 24, 30, 36,… (write a few more)

Out of these, are there any numbers that occur in both lists?

We observe that 12,24, 36,… are multiples of both 4 and 6.

Can you write a few more?

They are called the common multiples of 4 and 6.

2. Find the common multiples of 3,5 and 6.

Multiples of 3 are 3, 6, 9,12,15, 18,21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36,… Multiples of 5 are 5,10,15, 20, 25, 30, 35,…

Multiples of 6 are 6, 12, 18, 24, 30,…

Common multiples of 3,5 and 6 are 30, 60,…

Write a few more common multiples of 3,5 and 6.

Example 5: Find the common factors of 75,60 and 210.

Solution:

Factors of 75 are 1, 3, 5, 15, 25 and 75.

Factors of 60 are 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6,10,12, 15, 30 and 60.

Factors of 210 are 1,2,3,5,6,7,10,14,15,21,30,35,42,70,105 and 210.

Thus, common factors of 75,60 and 210 are 1,3,5 and 15.

Example 6: Find the common multiples of 3,4 and 9.

Solution:

Multiples of 3 are 3,6,9,12,15,18, 21, 24,27,30, 33,36, 39,42, 45,48,….

Multiples of 4 are 4, 8,12,16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40,44,48,…

Multiples of 9 are 9,18, 27, 36,45, 54,63, 72, 81,…

Clearly, common multiples of 3,4, and 9 are 36,72,108,…

Prime Factorisation

When a number is expressed as a product of its factors we say that the number has been factorised. Thus, when we write 24 = 3×8, we say that 24 has been factorized. This is one of the factorizations of 24.

The others are:

24 = 2 x 12

= 2 x 2 x 6

= 2 x 2 x 2 x 3

24 = 4 x 6

= 2 x 2 x 6

= 2 x 2 x 2 x 3

24 = 3 x 8

= 3 x 2 x 2 x 2

= 2 x 2 x 2 x 3

In all the above factorisations of 24, we ultimately arrive at only one factorisation 2 x 2 x 2 x 3. In this factorization, the only factors 2 and 3 are prime numbers.

Such a factorization of a number is called a prime factorization. Let us check this for the number 36.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers The Prime Fraction Of 36

The prime factorization of 36 is 2 x 2 x 3 x 3. i.e. the only prime factorization of 36.

Example 7: Find the prime factorization of 980.

Solution:

We proceed as follows:

We divide the number 980 by 2,3,5,7 etc. in this order repeatedly so long as the quotient is divisible by that number. Thus, the prime factorization of 980 is 2 x 2 x 5 x 7 x 7.

⇒ \(\begin{array}{r|r}
2 & 980 \\
\hline 2 & 490 \\
\hline 5 & 245 \\
\hline 7 & 49 \\
\hline 7 & 7 \\
\hline & 1
\end{array}\)

Highest Common Factor

We can find the common factors of any two numbers. We now try to find the highest of these common factors.

What are the common factors of 12 and 16? They are 1,2 and 4.

What is the highest of these common factors? It is 4.

What are the common factors of 20, 28 and 36? They are 1, 2 and 4 and again 4 is the highest of these common factors.

The Highest Common Factor (HCF) of two or more given numbers is the highest (or greatest) of their common factors.

It is also known as the Greatest Common Divisor (GCD).

The HCF of 20, 28, and 36 can also be found by prime factorization of these numbers as follows:

⇒ \(\begin{array}{l|l}
2 & 20 \\
\hline 2 & 10 \\
\hline 5 & 5 \\
\hline & 1
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{l|l}
2 & 28 \\
\hline 2 & 14 \\
\hline 7 & 7 \\
\hline & 1
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{l|l}
2 & 36 \\
\hline 2 & 18 \\
\hline 3 & 9 \\
\hline 3 & 3 \\
\hline & 1
\end{array}\)

Thus,

20 = 2 x 2 x 5

28 = 2 x 2 x 7

36 = 2 x 3 x 3

The common factor of 20,28 and 36 is 2(occurring twice). Thus, HCF of 20, 28 and 36 is 2 x 2 = 4.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Lowest Common Multiple

What are the common multiples of 4 and 6? They are 12,24,36,… Which is the lowest of these? It is 12.

We say that the lowest common multiple of 4 and 6 is 12. It is the smallest number and both the numbers are factors of this number.

The Lowest Common Multiple (LCM) of two or more given numbers is the lowest (or smallest or least) of their common multiples. What will be the LCM of 8 and 12? 4 and 9? 6 and 9?

Example 8: Find the LCM of 12 and 18.

Solution:

We know that common multiples of 12 and 18 are 36,72,108 etc. The lowest of these is 36. Let us see another method to find the LCM of two numbers.

The prime factorizations of 12 and 18 are:

12 = 2 x 2 x 3; 18 = 2 x 3 x 3

In these prime factorizations, the maximum number of times the prime factor 2 occurs is two; this happens for 12. Similarly, the maximum number of times the factor 3 occurs is two; this happens for 18.

The LCM of the two numbers is the product of the prime factors counted the maximum number of times they occur in any of the numbers. Thus, in this case, LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 = 36.

Example 9: Find the LCM of 24 and 90.

Solution:

The prime factorizations of 24 and 90 are:

24 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 3; 90 = 2 x 3 x 3 x 5

In these prime factorizations, the maximum number of times the prime factor 2 occurs is three; this happens for 24.

Similarly, the maximum number of times the prime factor 3 occurs is two; this happens for 90. The prime factor 5 occurs only once in 90.

Thus, LCM = (2 x 2 x 2) x (3 x 3) x 5 = 360

Example 10: Find the LCM of 40, 48 and 45.

Solution:

The prime factorizations of 40,48 and 45 are;

40 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 5

48 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3

45 = 3 x 3 x 5

The prime factor 2 appears a maximum number of four times in the prime factorization of 48, the prime factor 3 occurs a maximum number of two times in the prime factorization of 45, The prime factor 5 appears one time in the prime factorizations of 40 and 45, we take it only ponce.

Therefore, required LCM = (2 x 2 x 2 2) x (3 x 3) x 5 = 720

LCM can also be found in the following way:

Example 11: Find the LCM of 20, 25 and 30.

Solution:

We write the numbers as follows in a row:

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers The LCM Of 20, 25 And 30

So, LCM = 2 x 2 x 3 x 5 x 5.

  1. Divide by the least prime number which divides at least one of the given numbers. Here, it is 2. The numbers like 25 are not divisible by 2 so they are written as such in the next row.
  2. Again divide by 2. Continue this till we have no multiples of 2.
  3. Divide by the next prime number which is 3.
  4. Divide by the next prime number which is 5.
  5. Again divide by 5.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Some Problems On HCF And LCM

We come across a number of situations in which we make use of the concepts of HCF and LCM. We explain these situations through a few examples.

Example 12: Two tankers contain 850 liters and 680 liters of kerosene oil respectively. Find the maximum capacity of a container that can measure the kerosene oil of both tankers when used an exact number of times.

Solution:

The required container has to measure both tankers in a way that the count is an exact number of times.

So its capacity must be an exact divisor of the capacities of both the tankers. Moreover, this capacity should be maximum. Thus the maximum capacity of such a container will be the HCF of 850 and 680.

⇒ \(\begin{array}{l|l}
2 & 850 \\
\hline 5 & 425 \\
\hline 5 & 85 \\
\hline 17 & 17 \\
\hline & 1
\end{array}\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{l|l}
2 & 680 \\
\hline 2 & 340 \\
\hline 2 & 170 \\
\hline 5 & 85 \\
\hline 17 & 17 \\
\hline & 1
\end{array}\)

Hence,

850 = 2 x 5 x 5 x 17 = 2 x 5 x 17 x 5 and

680 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 5 x 17 = 2 x 5 x 17 x 2 x 2

The common factors of 850 and 680 are 2, 5 and 17.

Thus, the HCF of 850 and 680 is 2 x 5 x 17 = 170.

Therefore, the maximum capacity of the required container is 170 liters.

It will fill the first container in 5 and the second in 4 refills.

Example 13: In a morning walk, three persons step off together. Their steps measure 80 cm, 85 cm, and 90 cm respectively. What is the minimum distance each should walk so that all can cover the same distance in complete steps?

Solution:

The distance covered by each one of them is required to be the same as well as minimum. The required minimum distance each should walk would be the lowest common multiple of the measures of their steps.

Can you describe why? Thus, we find the LCM of 80, 85, and 90. The LCM of 80, 85, and 90 is 1 2240.

The required minimum distance is 12240 cm.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 3 Playing With Numbers A Morning Walk, Three Persons Step Off Together

Example 14: Find the least number which when divided by 12, 16, 24, and 36 leaves a remainder of 7 in each case.

Solution:

We first find the LCM of 12, 16, 24, and 36 as follows:

∴ \(\begin{array}{c|cccc}
2 & 12 & 16 & 24 & 36 \\
\hline 2 & 6 & 8 & 12 & 18 \\
\hline 2 & 3 & 4 & 6 & 9 \\
\hline 2 & 3 & 2 & 3 & 9 \\
\hline 3 & 3 & 1 & 3 & 9 \\
\hline 3 & 1 & 1 & 1 & 3 \\
\hline & 1 & 1 & 1 & 1
\end{array}\)

Thus, LCM = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 = 144

144 is the least number which when divided by the given numbers will leave the remainder 0 in each case. But we need the least number that leaves the remainder 7 in each case.

Therefore, the required number is 7 more than 144. The required least number = 144 + 7 = 151.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers

Whole Numbers Introduction

As we know, we use 1, 2, 3, 4,… when we begin to count. They come naturally when Westart is counting. Hence, Mathematically call the counting numbers Natural numbers.

Predecessor And Successor

Given any natural number, you can add 1 to that number and get the next number i.e. you get its successor.

The successor of 16 is 16 + 1 = 17, that of 19 is 19 +1 = 20 and so on.

The number 16 comes before 17, we say that the predecessor of 17 is 17-1=16, the predecessor of 20 is 20 – 1 = 19, and so on.

The number 3 has a predecessor and a successor. What about 2? The successor is 3 and the predecessor is 1. Does 1 have both a successor and a predecessor?

We can count the number of children in our school; we can also count the number of people in a city; we can count the number of people in India. The number of people in India.

the number of people in the whole world can also be counted. We may not be able to count the number of stars in the sky or the number of hair on our head but if we are able, there would be a number for them also.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers

We can then add one more to such a number and get a larger number. In that case, we can even write the number of hair on two heads taken together.

It is now perhaps obvious that there is no largest number. Apart from these questions shared above, there are many others that can come to our mind when we work with natural numbers.

You can think of a few such questions and discuss them with your friends. You may not clearly know the answers to many of them!

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Whole Numbers

We have seen that the number 1 has no predecessor in natural numbers. To the
collection of natural numbers we add zero as the predecessor for 1.

The natural numbers along with zero form the collection of whole numbers.

In your previous classes, you have learnt to perform all the basic operations like addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of numbers.

You also know how to apply them to problems. Let us try them on a number line. Before we proceed, let us find out what a number line is!

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths The Number Line

Draw a line. Mark a point on it. Label it 0. Mark a second point to the right of 0. Label it 1.

The distance between these points labelled as 0 and 1 is called unit distance.

On this line, mark a point to the right of 1 and at a unit distance from 1 and label it 2. In this way go on labelling points at unit distances as 3, 4, 5,… on the line. You can go to any whole number on the right in this manner.

This is a number line for all numbers.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers The Number Line

What is the distance between the points 2 and 4? Certainly, it is 2 units. Can you tell the distance between the points 2 and 6, between 2 and 7?

On the number line, you will see that the number 7 is on the right of 4. his number 7 is greater than 4, i.e. 7 > 4. The number 8 lies on the right of 6 and 8 > 6.

These observations help us to say that, out of any two whole
numbers, the number on the right of the other number is the greater number.

We can also say that the whole number on the left is the smaller number.

For example, 4 < 9; 4 is on the left of 9. Similarly, 12 > 5; 12 is to the
right of 5.

What can you say about 10 and 20?

Mark 30, 12, and 18 on the number line. Which number is at the farthest left? Can you say which number from 1005 and 9756 would be on the right relative to the other number?

Place the successor of 12 and the predecessor of 7 on the number line.

Addition on the number line

The addition of whole numbers can be shown on the number line. Let us see the addition of 3 and 4.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers Addition On The Number Line

Start from 3. Since we add 4 to this number we make 4 jumps to the right; from 3 to 4, 4 to 5, 5 to 6 and 6 to 7 as shown above. The tip of the last arrow in the fourth jump is at 7.

The sum of 3 and 4 is 7, i.e. 3 + 4 = 7.

Subtraction on the number line

The subtraction of two whole numbers can also be shown on the number line.

Let us find 7-5.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers Subtraction On The Number Line

Start from 7. Since 5 is being subtracted, so move towards left with 1 jump of 1 unit. Make 5 such jumps. We reach the point 2. We get 7- 5 = 2.

Multiplication on the number line

We now see the multiplication of whole numbers on the number line.
Let us find 4 x 3.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 2 Whole Numbers Multiplication On The Number Line

Start from 0, move 3 units at a time to the right, and make such 4 moves. Where do you reach? You will reach 12. So, we say, 3 x 4 = 12.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 1 Knowing Our Numbers

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 1 Knowing Our Numbers

Knowing Our Numbers Introduction

Counting things is easy for us now. We can count objects in large numbers, for example, the number of students in the school, and represent them through numerals. We can also communicate large numbers using suitable number names.

It is not as if we always knew how to convey large quantities in conversation or through symbols. Many thousands of years ago, people knew only small numbers. Gradually, they learned how to handle larger numbers.

They also learned how to express large numbers in symbols. All this came through the collective efforts of human beings. Their path was not easy, they struggled all along the way.

The development of the whole of Mathematics can be understood this way. As human beings progressed, there was a greater need for the development of Mathematics and as a result, Mathematics grew further and faster.

We use numbers and know many things about them. Numbers help us count concrete objects. They help us to say which collection of objects is bigger and arrange them for example, first, second, etc.

Numbers are used in many different contexts and in many ways. Think about various situations where we use numbers. List five distinct situations in which
numbers are used.

We enjoyed working with numbers in our previous classes. We have added, subtracted, multiplied, and divided them. We also looked for patterns in number sequences and did many other interesting things with numbers.

In this chapter, we shall move forward on such interesting things with a bit of review and revision as well.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Chapter 1 Knowing Our Numbers

Comparing Numbers

As we have done quite a lot of this earlier, let us see if we remember which is the greatest among these:

1. 92, 392, 4456, 89742

89742 I am the greatest

2. 1902, 1920, 9201, 9021, 9210

9210 I am the greatest

So, we know the answer

We just looked at the number of digits and found the answer. The greatest number has the most thousands and the smallest is only in hundreds or in tens.

Make five more problems of this kind and give them to your friends to solve.

Now, how do we compare 4875 and 3542?

This is also not very difficult. These two numbers have the same number of digits. They are both in thousands. But the digit at the thousands place in 4875 is greater than that in 3542. Therefore, 4875 is greater than 3542.

Next tell me which is greater, 4875 or 4542? Here too the numbers have the same number of digits. Further, the digits at the thousands place are the same in both.

What do we do then? We move to the next digit, that is to the digit at the hundreds place. The digit at the hundreds place is greater in 4875 than in 4542. Therefore, 4875 is greater than 4542.

If the digits at the hundreds place are also the same in the two numbers, then what do we do?

Compare 4875 and 4889; Also compare 4875 and 4879.

How Many Numbers Can You Make?

Suppose, we have four digits 7, 8, 3, 5. Using these digits we want to make different 4-digit numbers in such a way that no digit is repeated in them. Thus, 7835 is allowed, but 7735 is not. Make as many 4-digit numbers as you can.

Which is the greatest number you can get? Which is the smallest number?

The greatest number is 8753 and the smallest is 3578.

Think about the arrangement of the digits in both. Can you say how the largest number is formed? Write down your procedure.

Shifting Digits

Have you thought how fun it would be if the digits in a number could shift (move^frpm from one place to the other?

Thinlq about what would happen to 182. It could become as large as 821 and as small as 128. Try this with 391 as well.

Now think about this. Take any 3-digit number and exchange the digit at the hundreds place with the digit at the one’s place.

  1. Is the new number greater than the former one?
  2. Is the new number smaller than the former number?

Write the numbers formed in both ascending and descending order.

Before 7 9 5

Exchanging the 1st and the 3rd tiles.

After 5 9 7

If you exchange the 1st and the 3rd tiles (i.e. digits), in which case does the number become greater? In which case does it become smaller?

Try this with a 4-digit number.

Introducing 10,000

We know that beyond 99 there is no 2-digit number. 99 is the greatest 2-digit number. Similarly, the greatest 3-digit number is 999 and the greatest 4-digit number is 9999. What shall we get if we add 1 to 9999?

Look at the pattern:

9+1 = 10 = 10 x 1

99+1 = 100 = 10 x 10

999+1 = 1000 = 10 x 100

We observe that

Greatest single digit number + 1 = smallest 2-digit number

Greatest 2-digit number + 1 = smallest 3-digit number

Greatest 3-digit number + 1 = smallest 4-digit number

We should then expect that on adding 1 to the greatest 4-digit number, we would get the smallest 5-digit number, that is 9999 + 1 = 10000.

The new number which comes next to 9999 is 10000. It is called ten thousand. Further, 10000 = 10 x 1000.

Revisiting Place Value

You have done this quite earlier, and you will certainly remember the expansion of a 2-digit number like 78 as 78 =70 + 8 = 7vx 10 + 8

Similarly, you will remember the expansion of a 3-digit number like 278 as 278 = 200 + 70 + 8 = 2vx 100 + 7vx 10 + 8

We say, here, 8 is at one place, 7 is at the tens place, and 2 at the hundreds place.

Later on, we extended this idea to 4-digit numbers.

For example, the expansion of 5278 is 5278 = 5000 + 200 + 70 + 8

= 5 x 1000 +2 x 100 + 7 x 10 + 8

Here, 8 is at one place, 7 is at the tens place, 2 is at the hundreds place and 5 is at the thousands place.

With the number 10000 known to us, we may extend the idea further. We may write 5-digit numbers like 45278 = 4 x 10000 + 5 x 1000 + 2 x 100 + 7 x 10 + 8

We say that here 8 is at one place, 7 at the tens place, 2 at the hundreds place, 5 at the thousands place, and 4 at ten thousand places.

The number is read as forty-five thousand, two hundred seventy-eight. Can you now write the smallest and the greatest 5-digit numbers?

Introducing 1,00,000

Which is the greatest 5-digit number?

Adding 1 to the greatest 5-digit number should give the smallest 6-digit number: 99,999 + 1 = 1,00,000

This number is named one lakh. One lakh comes next to 99,999.

10 x 10,000 = 1,00,000

We may now write 6-digit numbers in the expanded form as

2,46,853 = 2 x 1,00,000 + 4x 10,000 + 6 x 1,000 + 8 x 100 + 5 x 10 + 3 x 1

This number is 3 in one place, 5 in the tens place, 8 in the hundreds place, 6 in the thousands place, 4 in ten thousand places, and 2 in lakh place. Its number name is two lakh forty-six thousand eight hundred fifty three.

Larger numbers

If we add one more to the greatest 6-digit number we get the smallest 7-digit number. It is called ten lakh.

Write down the greatest 6-digit number and the smallest 7-digit number. Write the greatest 7-digit number and the smallest 8-digit number. The smallest 8-digit number is called one crore.

Complete The Pattern:

Remember

1 hundred =10 tens

1 thousand = 10 hundreds = 100 tens

1 lakh = 100 thousands = 1000 hundreds

1 crore =100 lakhs = 10,000 thousands

9+1 = 10

99+1 = 100

999+1 = 1,000

9.999+1 = 10,000

99.999+1 = 1,00,000

9.99.999+1 = 10,00,000

99.99.999+1 = 1,00,00,000

We come across large numbers in many different situations. For example, while the number of children in your class would be a 2-digit number, the number of children in your school, would be a 3 or 4-digit number.

The number of people in the nearby town would be much larger.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Use Of Commas

You must have noticed that in writing large numbers in the sections above, we have often used commas.

Commas help us in reading and writing large numbers. In our Indian System of Numeration, we use ones, tens, hundreds, thousands, and then lakhs and crores.

Commas are used to mark thousands, lakhs, and crores. The first comma comes after hundreds place (three digits from the right) and marks thousands. The second comma comes two digits later (five digits from the right).

It comes after ten thousand places and marks lakh. The third comma comes after another two digits (seven digits from the right). It comes after ten lakh place and marks crore.

For example,

5,08,01,592

3,32,40,781

7,27,05,062

Try reading the numbers given above. Write five more numbers in this form and read them.

International System of Numeration

In the International System of Numeration, as it is being used we have ones, tens, hundreds, thousands, and then millions. One million is a thousand thousand. Commas are used to mark thousands and millions.

It comes after every three digits from the right. The first comma marks thousands and the next comma marks millions. For example, the number 50,801,592 is read in the International System as fifty million eight hundred one thousand five hundred ninety-two.

In the Indian System, it is five crore eight lakh one thousand five hundred ninety-two.

How many lakhs make a million?

How many millions make a crore?

Take three large numbers. Express them in both Indian and International Numeration systems.

Interesting Fact:

To express numbers larger than a million, a billion is used in the International System of Numeration: 1 billion = 1000 million.

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Maths Large Numbers In Practice

In earlier classes, we learned that we use centimeters (cm) as a unit of length. For measuring the length of a pencil, the width of a book or notebook, etc., we use centimeters. Our ruler has marks on each centimeter.

However, we find centimeters too big when measuring the thickness of a pencil. We use millimeters (mm) to show the thickness of a pencil.

1. 10 millimetres = 1 centimetre

To measure the length of the classroom or the school building, we shall find a centimeter too small. We use meters for this purpose.

2. 1 metre =100 centimetres = 1000 millimetres

Even meter is too small when we have to state distances between cities, say, Delhi and Mumbai, or Chennai and Kolkata. For this, we need kilometers (km).

3. 1 kilometre = 1000 metres

How many millimeters make 1 kilometer?

Since 1 m = 1000 mm

1 km = 1000 m = 1000 x 1000 mm = 10,00,000 mm

We go to the market to buy rice or wheat; we buy it in kilograms (kg). But items like ginger or chilies which we do not need in large quantities, we buy in grams (g). We know 1 kilogram = 1000 grams.

Have you noticed the weight of the medicine tablets given to the sick? It is very small. It is in milligrams (mg)

1 gram = 1000 milligrams.

What is the capacity of a bucket for holding water? It is usually 20 liters (l). Capacity is given in liters. But sometimes we need a smaller unit, the milliliters. A bottle of hair oil, a cleaning liquid, or a soft drink has labels that give the quantity of liquid inside in milliliters (ml).

1 litre = 1000 millilitres.

Note that in all these units we have some words in common like kilo, milli, and centi. You should remember that among these kilo is the greatest and milli is the smallest; the kilo shows 1000 times greater, and the milli shows 1000 times smaller, i.e. 1 kilogram = 1000 grams, 1 gram = 1000 milligrams.

Similarly, centi shows 100 times smaller, i.e. 1 metre = 100 centimetres.

We have done a lot of problems that have addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. We will try solving some more here. Before starting, look at these examples and follow the methods used.

Example 1. The population of Sundamagar was 2,35,471 in the year 1991. In the year 2001, it was found to be increased by 72,958. What was the population of the city in 2001?

Solution:

Population of the city in 2001

= Population of the city in 1991 + Increase in population = 2,35,471 + 72,958

Now, \(\begin{array}{r}
235471 \\
+72958 \\
\hline 308429 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

Salma added them by writing 235471 as 200000 + 35000 + 471 and 72958 as 72000+958. She got the addition as 200000 +107000 +1429 = 308429. Mary added it as 200000 + 35000 + 400 + 71 + 72000 + 900 + 58 = 308429

Answer: The population of the city in 2001 was 3,08,429

All three methods are correct.

Example 2. In one state, the number of bicycles sold in the year 2002-2003 was 7,43,000. In the year 2003-2004, the number of bicycles sold was 8,00,100. In which year were more bicycles sold? and how many more?

Solution:

Clearly, 8,00,100 is more than 7,43,000. So, in that state, more bicycles were sold in the year 2003-2004 than in 2002-2003.

Now, \(\begin{array}{r}
800100 \\
-743000 \\
\hline 057100 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

Check the answer by adding \(\begin{array}{r}
743000 \\
+57100 \\
\hline 800100 \\
\hline
\end{array}\) (the answer is right)

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 1 Knowing Our Number Bicycles

Can you think of alternative ways of solving this problem?
Answer: 57,100 more bicycles were sold in the year 2003-2004.

Example 3. The town newspaper is published every day. One copy has 12 pages> every day 11,980 copies are printed. How many total pages are printed every day?

Solution:

Each copy has 12 pages. Hence, 11,980 copies. will have 12×11,980 pages. What would this number be? More than 1,00,000 or lesser.

Try to estimate.

Now, \(\begin{array}{r}
11980 \\
\times 12 \\
\hline 23960 \\
+\quad 119800 \\
\hline 143760 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 1 Knowing Our Number The Town Newspaper

Answer: Every day 1,43,760 pages are printed.

Example 4. The number of sheets of paper available for making notebooks is 75,000. Each sheet makes 8 pages of a notebook. Each notebook:(contains 200 pages. How many notebooks can be made from the paper available?

Solution:

Each sheet makes 8 pages.

Hence, 75,000 sheets make 8 x 75,000 pages,

Now, \(\begin{array}{r}
75000 \\
\times 8 \\
\hline 600000 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 1 Knowing Our Number The Number Of Sheets Of Paper

Thus, 6,00,000 pages are available for making notebooks.

Now, 200 pages make 1 notebook.

Hence, 6,00,000 pages make 6,00,000 -r 200 notebooks.

Now,

NCERT Notes For Class 6 Math Chapter 1 Knowing Our Number 6 Lakhs Divisible By 2 Hundrade

The answer is 3,000 notebooks.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Introduction

An average is which represents the large number of observations in a concise or single numerical data. It is a representative value around which all the values of the variable concentrate. It is called the measure of central tendency.

The word ‘average’ has been defined differently by various authors. According to Dr. Bowley, “Statistics is the science of averages.”

According to Gorton and Cowden, “An average is a single value within the range of the data used to represent all the values in the series.”

It is clear from the above definitions that an average is a single value that represents a group of values.

Read and Learn More Class 10 Maths Solutions Exemplar

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics

Objectives Of Statistical Averages

The statistical average has the following objectives:

  1. Provide a Brief Picture of Data: We can present complex data in a simple manner and concise form with the help of averages. An ordinary person can easily remember these averages.
  2. Comparative Study: Measures of central value make easier the comparison of two or more than two groups. For example, it is impossible to conclude any result on the basis of marks obtained by all the students of two colleges but we can easily conclude by comparing the average marks obtained by both colleges.
  3. Representation of the Group: Averages represent the picture. the whole group and that value enables Us to gel an idea of the entire data.

Properties Of Statistical Averages

Good averages should possess the following properties:

  1. An average should be easy to understand and simple to compute.
  2. It should be properly defined.
  3. It should be based on all the observations.
  4. It should be used for further statistical computation.

Types Of Averages

There are different types:

  1. Mathematical Averages:
    • Arithmetic mean,
    • Geometric mean,
    • Harmonic mean.
  2. Average Related with Position:
    • Median,
    • Mode

Statistics Mean

Mean is that value that can be calculated by dividing the sum of all terms of the series by the number of terms of the series.

Characteristics of Mean

  1. It depends on all the terms of the group.
  2. It can be calculated easily.
  3. Its value is definite and based on calculations.
  4. We can use algebraic methods on it.
  5. The algebraic sum of deviations measured from the mean is always zero.
  6. It can be determined in every condition.
  7. Mean can be a value that does not exist in the series.

For example, the average of 5, 9, and 10 is \(\frac{5+9+10}{3}=8\) which is not an observation in the series. Now, we shall discuss the mean of grouped data.

Direct Method for the Mean of a Grouped Frequency Distribution

Step 1: Find the class mark xi for each class: \(x_i=\frac{\text { lower limit }+ \text { upper limit }}{2}\)

Step 2: Find xi for each i.

Step 3 : Find the mean using the formula, mean = \(\frac{\Sigma f_i x_i}{\Sigma f_i}\)

Direct Method For The Mean Of A Grouped Frequency Distribution Solved Examples

Question 1. Find the mean of the following frequency distribution by direct method:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Frequency Distribution By Direct Method

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Frequency Distribution By Direct Method.

Now, \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=\frac{\Sigma f_i x_i}{\Sigma f_i}=\frac{2170}{74}=29.32\)

Question 2. If the mean of the following data is 26, then find the value of p:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mean Value Of p

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mean Value Of p.

Now, arithmetic mean \(\bar{x}=\frac{\Sigma f_i x_i}{\Sigma f_i}\)

⇒ \(26=\frac{890+15 p}{30+p}\)

⇒ 780 + 26p = 890 + 15p

⇒ 11p = 110

⇒ p = 10

The value of p = 10

Question 3. Find the mean from the following data:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Of The Data

Solution:

First, we will convert the given table into a table containing class intervals and corresponding frequencies:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Of The Data.

Now, \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=\frac{\Sigma f_i x_i}{\Sigma f_i}=\frac{1485}{80}=18.5625\)

Assumed-Mean Method for the Mean of Grouped Frequency Distribution

Step 1: Find the class marks xi for each class interval: \(x_i=\frac{\text { lower limit }+ \text { upper limit }}{2}\)

Step 2: Choose a suitable value of xi from the middle values as the assumed mean and represent it by ‘a’.

Step 3: Find the deviations di =Xi – a for each i.

Step 4: Fin didi for each i.

Step 5: Find the mean using the formula: \(\bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i d_i}{\Sigma f_i}\)

Question 4. Find the mean for the following distribution table by shortcut method:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Short Cut Method

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Short Cut Method.

Let assumed mean a = 35

⇒ \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i d_i}{\Sigma f_i}=35+\frac{160}{50}=35+3.2=38.2\)

Question 5. The height of 84 trees is given in the following table. Find their arithmetic mean by shortcut method:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Arithmetic Mean By Short Cut Method

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Arithmetic Mean By Short Cut Method.

Let assumed mean a = 55

∴ \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i d_i}{\Sigma f_i}=55+\frac{450}{84}=55+5.36=60.36 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Step Deviation Method for the Mean of Grouped Frequency Distribution

Step 1: Find the class marks xi for each class. \(x_i=\frac{\text { lower limit }+ \text { upper limit }}{2}\)

Step 2: Choose a suitable value of xi from the middle values as the assumed mean and represent it by ‘a’.

Step 3: Find h = upper limit – a lower limit which is the same for all the classes.

Step 4: Calculate \(u_i=\frac{x_i-A}{h}\) for each i.

Step 5: Calculate fiμi for each i.

Step 6: Find the mean using the formula \(\bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i u_i}{\sum f_i} \times h\).

An Important Result

First, we should know the meanings of step and deviation (used in the step-deviation method for finding the mean).

Deviation

All xi’s are deviated (displaced) from their places by adding or subtracting the same non-zero quantity from each value. This is called the deviation.

Step

Big jump or fall in all xi’s in multiples i.e., all xi’s are deviated from their places by multiplying or by dividing with the same number.

But if we divide by only 1, then the step-deviation method and assumed method are the same.

So, if a student is asked to find the mean by step-deviation method and he solves this by assumed mean method then there is no harm.

Question 6. Find the mean of the following table by step deviation method:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Step Deviation Method

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Step Deviation Method.

Here, h = 3

Let assumed mean a = 13

∴ \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i \cdot u_i}{\Sigma f_i} \times h=13+\frac{0}{174} \times 3=13\)

Question 7. The marks obtained by 30 students are given in the following table. Find their mean-by-step deviation method:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mean By Step Deviation Method

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mean By Step Deviation Method.

Let assumed mean a = 25

Here, h = 10

∴ \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i u_i}{\Sigma f_i} \times h=25+\frac{2}{30} \times 10=25.67\)

Question 8. Find the mean for the following data by step-deviation method:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Data By Step Deviation Method

Solution:

The given data can be written in the following form:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Data By Step Deviation Method.

Now, \(\text { mean }=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i u_i}{\Sigma f_i} \times h=35+\frac{-48 \times 10}{75}=28.6\)

Question 9. Find the mean for the following distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class And Frequency Distribution

Solution:

First, we will convert the given table into the exclusive form:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class And Frequency Distribution.

Here, h = 5

Let assumed mean a = 42

Now, \(\text { meàn }=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i u_i}{\Sigma f_i} \times h=42+\frac{(-79) \times 5}{70}=36.36\)

Question 10. Find the class limits corresponding to each frequency if the mean of the following distribution is 33 and the assumed mean is 35:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class Limits Corresponding To Each Frequency

Solution:

Here, we are given \(\bar{x}=33 \text { and } a=35\)

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class Limits Corresponding To Each Frequency.

Now, \(\text { mean } \bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i u_i}{\Sigma f_i} \times h\)

⇒ \(33=35+\frac{-20}{100} \times h\)

⇒ -200 = -20 h ⇒ h = 10

Now, if \(u_i=-3 \Rightarrow \frac{x_i-35}{10}=-3 \Rightarrow x_i-35=-30 \Rightarrow x_i=5\) and width i.e., h = 10, So, class limits of the first group is 0-10. (subtract and add \(\frac{h}{2}\) from lower and upper boundaries) if \(u_i=-2 ⇒ \frac{x_i-35}{10}=-2 ⇒ x_i-35=-20 x_i=15\) and width i.e., h = 10. So class limits of the second group are 10-20 (subtract and add \(\frac{h}{2}\) from lower and upper boundaries). Similarly, the class limits of other groups are 20-30, 30-40, 40-50 and 50-60.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Median

The median is the value of the variable which divides the group into two equal parts, one part comprising all values greater and the other all values less than the median.

or

The median of a series is the value of that actual or estimated when a series is arranged in ascending or descending order which divides the distribution into two equal parts.

Properties acre Merits of Median

  1. It is easy to calculate and simple to understand. In some cases, it can be located simply by inspection.
  2. It is a definite average.
  3. It eliminates the effect of extreme values of variable by which it is not affected.
  4. It is not capable of further algebraic treatment.
  5. It can be determined graphically.
  6. Median can be defined for qualitative data where it is possible to rank the observations in some order.
  7. Median is especially useful in the case of open-end distributions.

Demerits of Median

  1. It requires the data to be arrayed which is difficult if a number of data are large.
  2. Our determination is not based on all the observations.
  3. The median multiplied by the number of items does arithmetic means.

Median for Ungrouped Data

Method: Arrange the data in ascending or descending order of their magnitudes. Let the total number of observations be N.

  1. If N is odd, then median = \(\left(\frac{N+1}{2}\right) \text { th term }\)
  2. If N is even, then median = \(\frac{\frac{N}{2} \text { th term }+\left(\frac{N}{2}+1\right) \text { th term }}{2}\)

Median for Grouped Data

Method: We make the cumulative frequency table for the grouped data. Now we will find that class interval by dividing the total number of frequencies by 2 in which the median lies. This class interval is called the median class. Now we will use the following result to find the median:

Median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i\)

where l1 = lower limit of the median class

l2 = upper limit of median class

i = l2 – l1

f = frequency of median class

N = sum of frequencies

C = cumulative frequency of the class preceding (just before) the median class

Remark:

If an inclusive (discontinuous) series is given then first of all we will prepare an exclusive series from the given inclusive series. To make it we subtract and add the same number i.e.,

⇒ \(\frac{\text { Lower limit of a class – Upper limit of previous class }}{2}\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Median Solved Examples

Question 1. Find the median from the following table:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median.

Here, N = 65

∴ For median class \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{65}{2}=32.5\)

∴ Median class = 20-30

Here l1=20, l2 = 30

⇒ i = 30-20= 10,

f= 18, C= 19

∴ Median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i=20+\frac{(32.5-19)}{18} \times 10=20+\frac{135}{18}=27.5\)

Question 2. Find the median from the following table:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class Interval And Frequency Of The Median

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class Interval And Frequency Of The Median.

Here, N = 100

⇒ \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{100}{2}=50\)

Median class = 40-55

Here l1 = 40, l2 = 55

⇒ i = 55 – 40 = 15, f = 44, C = 26

Now, Median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i=40+\frac{(50-26)}{44} \times 15\)

= \(40+\frac{15 \times 24}{44}=40+8.18=48.18\)

Question 3. Find the median from the following data:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Income And No. of Persons Median

Solution:

Converting into a simple frequency table :

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Income And No. of Persons Median.

Here, N = 600

⇒ \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{600}{2}=300\)

∴ Median class = 40-50

and l1 = 40, l2 = 50, i = 50 – 40 = 10, f = 200, C = 236

Now, median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i=40+\frac{(300-236)}{200} \times 10\)

= \(40+\frac{10 \times 64}{200}=40+3.2=43.2\)

Question 4. Find the median for the following frequency distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class And Frequency Distribution Of Median

Solution:

First, we will convert the given data into exclusive form:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class And Frequency Distribution Of Median.

Here, N = 400

⇒ \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{400}{2}=200\)

Median class is 165.5 – 168.5

Now, l1 = 165.5, l2 = 168.5, i = 1 68.5 – 165.5 = 3, f= 136, C = 132

and median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i\)

= \(165.5+\frac{(200-132)}{136} \times 3\)

= \(=165.5+\frac{3 \times 68}{136}=167\)

Question 5. Find the median for the following data:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Marks Obtained And Number Of Students

Solution:

Construct the following table from the given data:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Marks Obtained And Number Of Students.

Here, N = 50

⇒ \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{50}{2}=25\)

The median class is 30 – 40

Now, l1= 30, l2 = 40, i = 40 – 30 = 10, f = 13, C = 22

and median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i\)

= \(30+\frac{(25-22)}{13} \times 10=32.31\)

Question 6. Find the missing frequency if the median for the given distribution is 24:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Missing Frequency Of The Median

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Missing Frequency Of The Median.

Here, N = 62 + p

⇒ Median = 24

⇒ The median class is 20-30

∴ l1 = 20, l2 = 30 ⇒ i = 30- 20 = 10

f = 25, C = 30

Now, Median \(M=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i\)

⇒ \(24=20+\frac{\left(\frac{62+p}{2}-30\right)}{25} \times 10\)

⇒ \(4=\frac{10}{25}\left(\frac{62+p-60}{2}\right)\)

20 = p + 2 ⇒ p = 18

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mode

Mode is the value of a variable that occurs most often, i.e., the value of the observation having the maximum frequency (most frequent item of the group).

Modal Class

The class having maximum frequency is called the modal class.

Computation of Mode for a Continuous Frequency Distribution

The formula for Calculating Mode:

Mode = \(l+\left(\frac{f_1-f_0}{2 f_1-f_0-f_2}\right) \times h\)

Where, l = lower limit of modal class

l = frequency of modal class

h = width of the modal class

f0 = frequency of the class preceding the modal class

f2 = frequency of the class following the modal class

Step 1: Determine the class of maximum frequency.

Step 2: Obtain all values required in the formula.

Step 3: Substitute values in the formula and solve.

Mode Solved Examples

Question 1. Compute the mode for the following frequency distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class And Frequency Of Mode

Solution:

The modal class is 20-30 as it has the maximum frequency.

∴ I = 20, f1 = 28, f0 = 16, f2 = 20

and h = 10

Mode \(M=l+\frac{f_1-f_0}{2 f_1-f_0-f_2} \times h\)

Mode \(M=20+\frac{28-16}{2 \times 28-16-20} \times 10\)

= \(20+\frac{12}{56-16-20} \times 10=20+\frac{12}{20} \times 10=26 \)

Hence, mode = 26

Question 2. Calculate the value of mode for the following frequency distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Value Of Mode

Solution:

The given data is in inclusive form. So, we convert it into exclusive form, as given below:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Value Of Mode.

The modal class is 12.5 – 16.5 as it has the maximum frequency.

l =12.5, f1 = 15, f0 = 12, f2 = 14, h = 4

Mode = \(l+\frac{f_1-f_0}{2 f_1-f_0-f_2} \times h\)

Mode = \(12.5+\frac{15-12}{2 \times 15-12-14} \times 4\)

= \(12.5+\frac{3}{4} \times 4=12.5+3=15.5\)

Hence, mode = 15.5

Question 3. The mode of the following series is 17.3. Find the missing frequency:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Missing Frequency Of Mode

Solution:

15-20 is the modal class as mode 17.3 lies in this class.

Here, l = 15, f1 = 24, f0=x (say), f2 = 17 and h = 5 and mode = 17.3

∴ Mode(M) = \(l+\frac{f_1-f_0}{2 f_1-f_0-f_2} \times h\)

⇒ \(17.3=15+\frac{24-x}{2 \times 24-x-17} \times 5\)

⇒ \(17.3=15+\frac{24-x}{31-x} \times 5\)

⇒ 2.3 (31 – x) = 120-5x

⇒ 2.3 x 31 – 2.3 x = 120 – 5x

⇒ 5x – 2.3 x = 120 – 71.3

⇒ 2.7 x = 48.7

∴ \(x=\frac{48.7}{2.7}=18.03\)

Hence, the missing frequency is 18.

Question 4. A survey regarding the heights (in cm) of 50 girls in class 10 of a school was conducted and the following data was obtained:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mean, Median And Mode

Find the mean, median, and mode of the above data.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Mean, Median And Mode.

1. Mean: Mean = \(\frac{\Sigma f_i x_i}{\Sigma f_i}=\frac{7490}{50}=149.80\)

2. Median: Here, \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{50}{2}=25\)

∴ The median class is 150 – 160

∴ Median = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i\)

= \(150+\frac{25-22}{20} \times 10\)

= 150 + 1.5 = 151.5

3. Mode: The modal class is 150-160 as it has the maximum frequency.

∴ Mode = \(\text { Mode }=l+\left(\frac{f_1-f_0}{2 f_1-f_0-f_2}\right) \times h\)

= \(150+\left(\frac{20-12}{40-12-8}\right) \times 10\)

= \(150+\frac{8}{20} \times 10\)

= 150 + 4 = 154.

Hence, the mean height of the girls = 149.80 cm

the median height = 15 1.5 cm

Empirical Relationship Between Three Measures of Central Tendency

The relationship between mean, median, and mode is.

Mode = 3(Median) – 2(Mean)

and the modal height = 154 cm

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 – Empirical Relationship between Three Measures of Central Tendency Solved Examples

Question 1. Find the mean and median of the following frequency distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class Interval And Frequency Of Mean, Median And Mode

Also, find the mode of the following data.

Solution:

We have

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Class Interval And Frequency Of Mean, Median And Mode.

Let assumed mean A = 55, h= 10, Σf= 50 and Σfu = -27

Mean \(\bar{x}=A+\left[h \times \frac{\Sigma(f u)}{\Sigma f}\right]\)

⇒ \(\bar{x}=55+\left(10 \times \frac{-27}{50}\right)\)

⇒ \(\bar{x}=55-5.4\)

⇒ \(\bar{x}=49.6\)

Here, N = 50 \(\frac{N}{2}=\frac{50}{2}=25\)

Cumulative frequency greater than 25 is 36 and the corresponding class is 50-60.

∴ l1=50,/= 12, l2 = 60, C = 24, i = 60-50= 10

Now, \(\text { median }(M)=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)}{f} \times i\)

= \(50+\frac{10}{12}(25-24)=50+\frac{10}{12}\)

= 50 + 0.83 = 50.83

Mode = 3(Median) – 2(Mean)

Mode = 3 x 50.83- 2 x 49.60

= 152.49-99.20 = 53.29

Mode = 53.29

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Cumulative Frequency Curve (Or Ogive)

An ogive is a freehold graph showing the curve of a cumulative frequency distribution.

If we plot the points talcing the upper limit of the class intervals as x coordinates and their corresponding cumulative frequencies asy coordinates and then join these points by a free hand curve, the curve so obtained is called the cumulative frequency curve.

We may follow the following steps:

  1. Step 1: Construct a cumulative frequency table.
  2. Step 2: Mark the actual class limits along the X-axis.
  3. Step 3: Mark the cumulative frequency of respective classes along the Y-axis.
  4. Step 4: Plot the points corresponding to cumulative frequency at each upper limit point.
  5. Step 5: Join the points plotted by a free-hand curve.

Less Than Series

When we mark the upper-class limits along the X-axis and corresponding cumulative frequency polygon along the 7-axis, then the obtained curve is called cumulative frequency curve or ogive for less than series.

Greater Than Series

When we mark the lower class limits along the X-axis and corresponding cumulative frequency polygon along the Y-axis, then the curve so obtained is called cumulative frequency curve or ogive for greater than series.

To Obtain Median From Cumulative Frequency Curve

Method-1

Step 1: Draw a cumulative frequency curve for the given frequency distribution.

Step 2: Locate \(\frac{N}{2}\) on the Y-axis. Let it be M.

Step 3: From point M draw a line parallel to X-axis cutting the curve at point N.

Step 4: From N, draw NP perpendicular to the X-axis cutting the X-axis at P.

The value of P is the median of the data.

Method-2

Step 1: Draw both ogives (less than series and more than series) on the same axis.

Step 2: From the point of intersection of these curves draw perpendicular X-axis. Let it meet the X-axis at point M. Value of M is the required median.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 – To Obtain Median From Cumulative Frequency Curve Solved Examples

Question 1. Draw a less than cumulative frequency curve (ogive) for the following distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Less Than Cumulative Frequency

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Less Than Cumulative Frequency.

Taking upper-class limits along the X-axis and corresponding cumulative frequencies along the Y-axis mark the points (10, 7) (15, 16), (20, 28), (25, 36), and (30, 42).

Join the points marked by a free-hand curve.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Free Hand Curve

Remark:

Students are advised to leave some points (one on two) without joining, which do not lie on the curve. It is not necessary to join all the points.

This will not affect the median. You can imagine that the given information is not correct, but you have to make a free-hand curve.

Question 2. In a study of the cases of diabetes the following data was obtained:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Case Of Diabetes

Draw a less than ogive for the above data.

Solution:

The given frequency distribution is discontinuous, to convert it into a continuous distribution, we subtract 0.5 from the lower limit and add 0.5 to the upper limit respectively. So, the continuous cumulative frequency distribution table is as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Case Of Diabetes.

Required ogive is given below:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Less Than Ogive

Question 3. Construct a less than ogive and a more than ogive from the following data:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Age In years And No.of Persons

Solution:

Cumulative frequency distribution table according to ages (in years) less than and more than are:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Age In years And No.of Persons.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Less Than And More Than Ogive

Question 4. During the medical checkup of 35 students of a class, their weights were recorded as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Medical Checkup Of Students And Their Weights

Draw a less than type and a more than type ogive from the given data. Hence obtain the median weight from the graph.

Solution:

1. Less than Series:

We may prepare the less-than series as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Less Than Series

Scale:\(\left\{\begin{array}{l}
\text { Along the } X \text {-axis, } 5 \text { small div. }=1 \mathrm{~kg} . \\
\text { Along the } Y \text {-axis, } 10 \text { small div. }=5 \mathrm{~kg} .
\end{array}\right.\)

We plot the points A(40, 3), B(42, 5), C(44, 9), D(46, 14), E(48, 28), F(50, 32) and G(52, 35).

Join AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, and FG with a free hand to get the curve representing ‘Less than series’.

2. More than Series:

We may prepare more than one series as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics More Than Series

On the same graph-paper as above we plot the points E(38, 35), Q(40, 32), R(42, 30), S(44, 26), 7(46, 21); (7(48, 7) and 7(50, 3). Join EQ, QR, RS, ST, TV, and UV with a free hand to get the curve representing ‘More than series’.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Free Hand Curve To Get More Than Series

Scale:\(\left\{\begin{array}{l}
\text { Along the } X \text {-axis, } 5 \text { small div. }=1 \mathrm{~kg} \\
\text { Along the } Y \text {-axis, } 10 \text { small div. }=5 \text { students }
\end{array}\right.\)

The two curves intersect at point L. Draw LM ⊥ OX.

∴ Median weight = OM = 46.5 kg

Question 5. Find the median for the following distribution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics C.I. And Frequency Of The Median

Solution:

Using the given data, first of all, construct a cumulative frequency table and then draw ogive (cumulative frequency curve).

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics C.I. And Frequency Of The Median.

Since, the no. of terms, n = 35

∴ Median = \(\left(\frac{n+1}{2}\right) \text { th term }\)

= \(\left(\frac{35+1}{2}\right) \text { th term }=18 \text { th term }\)

Through mark 18 on the Y-axis, draw a horizontal line that meets the curve at point A.

Through point A, on the curve, the draw meets the X-axis at point B. The value of point B on the X-axis is the median.

It is clear from the cumulative frequency curve drawn that the die median is 26.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Cumulative Frequency Curve

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Excercise 14.1

Question 1. A survey was conducted by a group of students as a part of their environment awareness program, in which they collected the following data regarding the number of plants in 20 houses in a locality. Find the mean number of plants per house.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics No.of Plants And No.of Houses

Which method did you use for finding the mean, and why?

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics No.of Plants And No.of Houses.

Mean \(\bar{x}=\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}=\frac{162}{20}=8.1\)

∴ The mean number of plants per house = 8.1.

The direct method is used here because the values of Xi and fi are very small.

Question 2. Consider the following distribution of daily wages of 50 workers of a factory.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Wages And No. of Workers

Find the mean daily wages of the workers of the factory by using an appropriate method.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Daily Wages Of The Workers

Mean \(\bar{x}=\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}=\frac{27260}{50}=545.20\)

∴ Mean wages of workers = ₹ 545.20

Question 3. The following distribution shows the daily pocket allowance of children of a locality. The mean pocket allowance is ₹ 18. Find the missing frequency f:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Pocket Allowance Of Children Of A Location

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Pocket Allowance Of Children Of A Location.

Now, mean pocket allowance = \(\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}\)

⇒ \(18=\frac{752+20 f}{44+f}\)

⇒ 792 + 18f = 752 + 20f

⇒ 792 – 752 = 20f – 18f

⇒ 40 = 2f ⇒ f = 20

The missing frequency f = 20

Question 4. Thirty women were examined in a hospital by a doctor and the number of heartbeats per minute were recorded and summarised as follows. Find the mean heartbeats per minute for these women, choosing a suitable method.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Hearbeats Per Minute For Women

Solution:

Let assumed mean A = 75.6

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Hearbeats Per Minute For Women.

∴ Mean heartbeats per minute

⇒ \(\bar{x}=A+\frac{\sum f_i \cdot d_i}{\sum f_i}=75.5+\frac{12}{30}\)

= 75.5 + 0.4 = 75.9

The mean heartbeats per minute for these women = 75.9

Question 5. In a retail market, fruit vendors were selling mangoes kept in packing boxes. These boxes contained varying numbers of mangoes. The following was the distribution of mangoes according to the number of boxes:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Number Of Mangos Kept In A Packing Box

Find the mean number of mangoes kept in a packing box. Which method of finding the mean did you choose?

Solution:

Here, h = 3

Let assumed mean A = 57

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Number Of Mangos Kept In A Packing Box.

∴ Mean \(\bar{x}=A+h \cdot \frac{\sum f_i \cdot u_i}{\sum f_i}\)

= \(57+\frac{3 \times 25}{400}=57+0.1875\)

= 57.1875

∴ Mean number of mangoes = 57.1875

≈ 57.19

Here, the assumed mean method is used.

Question 6. The table below shows the daily expenditure on food of 25 households in a locality.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Daily Expenditure On Food

Find the mean daily expenditure on food by a suitable method.

Solution:

Here, h = 50

Let assumed mean A = ₹ 225

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Daily Expenditure On Food.

∴ Mean \(\bar{x}=A+h \cdot \frac{\sum f_i \cdot u_i}{\sum f_i}\)

= \(225+50 \times \frac{(-7)}{25}\)

= 225 – 14 = ₹ 221

Therefore, the mean daily expenditure on food per family = ₹ 211.

Question 7. To find out the concentration of SO2 in the air (in parts per million, i.e., ppm), the data was collected for 30 localities in a certain city and is presented below:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Concentration

Find the mean concentration of SO2 in the air.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Concentration.

∴ Mean \(\bar{x}=\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}=\frac{2}{30}\)

= 0.0986 parts per million.

The mean concentration of SO2 in the air = 0.0986 parts per million.

Question 8. A class teacher has the following absentee record of 40 students of a class for the whole term. Find the mean number of days a student was absent.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Number Of Days A Students Was Absent

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Number Of Days A Students Was Absent.

Mean \(\bar{x}=\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}=\frac{499}{40}=12.475\)

∴ The mean number of absences of students = 12.475 days per student

Question 9. The following table gives the literacy rate (in percentage) of 35 cities. Find the mean literacy rate.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Literacy Rate

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Mean Literacy Rate.

Mean \(\bar{x}=\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}=\frac{2430}{35}=69.43\)

∴ The mean percentage rate of literacy = 69.43

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Exercise 14.2

Question 1. The following table shows the ages of the patients admitted to a hospital during a year:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Patients Admitted In A Hospital During A Year

Find the mode and the mean of the data given above. Compare and interpret the two measures of central tendency.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Patients Admitted In A Hospital During A Year.

Lot assumed mean A = 40

∴ Mean \(\bar{x}=A+\frac{\sum f_1 \cdot d_i}{\sum f_i}=40+\frac{(-370)}{80}\)

= 40 – 4.625

= 35.375 years

For more,

Highest frequency = 23

∴ Modal class: 35 – 45

Now, l1= 35, l2 = 45

f = 23, f1 =21, f2 = 14

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(35+\frac{(23-21)(45-35)}{46-21-14}\)

= \(35+\frac{2 \times 10}{11}\)

= 35. 1.8 = 36.8 years.

Mode = 36.8 years.

Question 2. The following data gives information on the observed lifetimes (in hours) of 225 electrical components:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Modal Lifetimes Of The Components

Determine the modal lifetime of the components.

Solution:

Highest frequency = 61

∴ Modal class: 60 – 80

Now, l1 = 60, l2 = 80

f = 61, f1 = 52, f2 = 38

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(60+\frac{(61-52)(80-60)}{2 \times 61-52-38}\)

= \(\begin{equation}
60+\frac{9 \times 20}{32}=60+5.625
\end{equation}\)

= 65.625 hours

Question 3. The following data gives the distribution of the total monthly household expenditure of 200 families in a village. Find the modal monthly expenditure of the families. Also, find the mean monthly expenditure:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Modal Monthly Expenditure Of The Families

Solution:

Highest frequency = 40

∴ Modal class: 1500-2000

Now, l1 = 1500, l2 = 2000

f = 40, f1 = 24, f2= 33

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(1500+\frac{(40-24)(2000-1500)}{2 \times 40-24-33}\)

= \(1500+\frac{16 \times 500}{23}\)

= 1500 + 347.83 = ₹ 1847.83

Let assumed A = ₹ 2750

Here, h = 500

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Modal Monthly Expenditure Of The Families.

Mean Monthly expenditure

⇒ \(\bar{x}=A+h \cdot \frac{\sum f_i \cdot u_i}{\sum f_i}\)

⇒ \(2750+\frac{500 \times(-35)}{200}\)

= 2750 – 87.50 = ₹ 2662.50

Mean Monthly expenditure = ₹ 2662.50

Question 4. The following distribution gives the state-wise teacher-student ratio in higher secondary schools in India. Find the mode and mean of this data. Interpret the two measures.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The State-wise Teacher-Student Ratio In Higher Secondary School Of India

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The State-wise Teacher-Student Ratio In Higher Secondary School Of India.

Here, maximum frequency = 10

∴ Model class: 30-35

Now, l1 = 30, l2 = 35

f = 10, f1 = 9, fi2 = 3

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(30+\frac{(10-9)(35-30)}{2 \times 10-9-3}\)

= \(30+\frac{5}{8}=30+0.625\)

= 30.625 students per teacher

For mean,

let assumed mean A = 27.5

Now, mean = \(A+\frac{\sum f_i \cdot d_i}{\sum f_i}=27.5+\frac{60}{35}\)

= 27.5 + 1.7

= 29.2 students per teacher

So, in the higher secondary schools of India, the mean number of students per teacher is 29.2 states while the number of students per teacher in maximum states is 30.625.

Question 5. The given distribution shows the number of runs scored by some top batsmen of the world in one-day international cricket matches.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Number Of Runs Scored By Some Top Batsmen Of The World

Find the mode of the data.

Solution:

Here, maximum frequency = 18

∴ Modal class: 4000 – 5000

Now, l1 = 4000, l2 = 5000

f = 18, f1 = 4, f2 = 9

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(4000+\frac{(18-4)(5000-4000)}{2 \times 18-4-9}\)

= \(4000+\frac{14 \times 1000}{23}\)

= 4000 + 608.7 = 4608.7

≈ 4608 run (approximately)

The mode of the data = 4608 run (approximately)

Question 6. A student noted the number of cars passing through a spot on the road for 100 periods each of 3 minutes and summarised it in the table given below. Find the mode of the data:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Number Of Cars Passing Through A Spot On A Road

Solution:

Here, maximum frequency = 20

∴ Model class: 40-50

Now, l1 = 40, l2 = 50

f = 20, f1 = 12, f2 = 11

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(40+\frac{(20-12)(50-40)}{2 \times 20-12-11}\)

= \(40+\frac{8 \times 10}{17}=40+4.7\)

= 44.7

The mode of the data = 44.7

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Exercise 14.3

Question 1. The following frequency distribution gives the monthly consumption of electricity of 68 consumers of a locality. Find the median, mean, and mode of the data and compare them.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Monthly Consumption Of Electricity Of Consumers Of A Locality

Solution:

Let assumed mean A = 115

Here, h = 20

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Monthly Consumption Of Electricity Of Consumers Of A Locality.

Here, N = 68

⇒ \(\frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{68+1}{2}=34.5\)

∴ Median class = 125 – 145

Now, l1 = 125, l2 = 145

f = 20, C = 22

and median (M) = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

= \(125+\frac{\left(\frac{68}{2}-22\right)(145-125)}{20}\)

= \(125+\frac{12 \times 20}{20}\)

= 125 + 12 = 137

Mean \(\bar{x}=A+h \cdot \frac{\sum f_i \cdot d_i}{\sum f_i}\)

= \(115+\frac{20 \times 75}{68}\)

= 115 + 22.06 = 137.06

Again, maximum frequency = 20

∴ Modal class: 125-145

Now, l1 = 125, l2= 145

f = 20, f1 = 13, f2 = 14

∴ Mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(125+\frac{(20-13)(145-125)}{2 \times 20-13-14}\)

= \(125+\frac{7 \times 20}{13}\)

= 125 + 10.77 = 135.77

The values of median, mean and mode are equal approximately.

Question 2. If the median of the distribution given below is 28.5. find the value of x and y:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Value Of X And Y

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Value Of X And Y.

Now, 45 + x + y = 60

⇒ x + y = 15 → (1)

Given that, median = 28.5

∴ Median class: 20 – 30

Now, l1 = 20, l2 = 30

f = 20, c = 5 + x, N = 60

Median = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

⇒ \(28.5=20+\frac{\left(\frac{60}{2}-5-x\right)(30-20)}{20}\)

⇒ \(28.5-20=\frac{(25-x)(10)}{20}\)

⇒ \(8.5=\frac{25-x}{2} \quad ⇒ \quad 17=25-x\)

⇒ x = 25 – 17 = 8

From equation (1),

8 + y = 15

⇒ y = 15 – 8 = 7

∴ x = 8, y = 7

The value of x and y is 8 and 7.

Question 3. A life insurance agent found the following data for the distribution of ages of 100 policyholders. Calculate the median age, if policies are given only to persons aged 18 years onwards but less than 60 years.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Age

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Age.

N = 100

∴ \(\frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{100+1}{2}=50.5\)

⇒ Median class: 35 – 40

∴ l1 = 35, l2 = 40

f = 33, C = 45

Median = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

= \(35+\frac{\left(\frac{100}{2}-45\right)(40-35)}{33}\)

= \(35+\frac{5 \times 5}{33}=35+0.76\)

= 35.76 years.

Median = 35.76 years.

Question 4. The lengths of40 the leaves of a plant are measured correctly to the nearest millimeter and the data obtained is represented in the following table:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Length Of The Leaves

Find the median length of the leaves.

[Hint: The data needs to be converted to continuous classes for finding the median since the formula assumes continuous classes. The classes then change to 117.5-126.5, 126.5-135.5, …, 171.5 – 180.5.]

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Length Of The Leaves.

∴ \(N=40 \Rightarrow \frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{40+1}{2}=20.5\)

⇒ Median class: 144.5 – 153.5

l1 = 144.5, l2 = 153.5

f = 12, C = 17

and median = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

= \(144.5+\frac{\left(\frac{40}{2}-17\right)(153.5-144.5)}{12}\)

= \(144.5+\frac{3 \times 9}{12}=144.5+2.25\)

= 146.75 mm

Therefore, the median length of leaves = 146.75 mm

Question 5. The following table gives the distribution of the lifetime of 400 neon lamps:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Life Time Of A Lamp

Find the median lifetime of a lamp.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Life Time Of A Lamp.

Here, N = 400

∴ \(\frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{400+1}{2}=200.5\)

Median class: 3000 – 3500

Now, l1 = 3000, l2 = 3500

f = 86, C = 130

and median = \(=l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

= \(=3000+\frac{\left(\frac{400}{2}-130\right)(3500-3000)}{86}\)

= \(3000+\frac{70 \times 500}{86}\)

= 3000 + 406.98 = 3406.98 hours

Therefore, the mean lifetime of lamps = 3406.98 hours.

Question 6. 100 surnames were randomly picked up from a local telephone directory and the frequency distribution of the number of letters in the English alphabets in the surnames was obtained as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Number Of letters In The Surname The Modal Size Of The Surname

Determine the median number of letters in the surnames. Find the mean number of letters in the surnames. Also, find the modal size of the surnames.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Number Of letters In The Surname The Modal Size Of The Surname.

N = 100

∴ \(\frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{100+1}{2}=50.5\)

⇒ Median class: 7 – 10

Now, l1 = 7, l2 = 10

f = 40, C = 36

∴ Median = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

= \(7+\frac{\left(\frac{100}{2}-36\right)(10-7)}{40}\)

= \(7+\frac{14 \times 3}{40}\)

= 7 + 1.05 = 8.05

Mean = \(\frac{\sum f_i \cdot x_i}{\sum f_i}=\frac{832}{100}=8.32\)

Fir mode,

Maximum frequency = 40

∴ Modal class 7 – 10

Now, l1 = 7, l2 = 10

f = 40, f1 = 30, f2 = 16

and mode = \(l_1+\frac{\left(f-f_1\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{2 f-f_1-f_2}\)

= \(7+\frac{(40-30)(10-7)}{2 \times 40-30-16}\)

= \(7+\frac{10 \times 3}{34}\)

= 7 + 0.88 = 7.88

Mode = 7.88

Question 7. The distribution below gives the weights of 30 students in a class. Find the median weight of the students.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Weight Of The Students

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Median Weight Of The Students.

Here, N = 30

∴ \(\frac{N+1}{2}=\frac{30+1}{2}=15.5\)

⇒ Median class: 55 – 60

Now, l1 = 55, l2 = 60, f = 6, C= 13

and median = \(l_1+\frac{\left(\frac{N}{2}-C\right)\left(l_2-l_1\right)}{f}\)

= \(55+\frac{\left(\frac{30}{2}-13\right)(60-55)}{6}\)

= \(55+\frac{2 \times 5}{6}\)

= 55 + 1.67

= 56.67 kg

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Exercise 14.4

Question 1. The following distribution gives the daily income of 50 workers of a factory.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Income And Number Of Workers

Convert the distribution above to a less type cumulative frequency distribution, and draw its ogive.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Daily Income And Number Of Workers.

Cumulative frequency curve (ogive)

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Cumulative Frequency Of Curve(ogive)

Question 2. During the medical check-up of 35 students of a class, their weights were recorded as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Medical Check-up Of 35 StudentsOf A Class

Draw a less than type ogive for the given data. Hence obtain the median weight from the graph and verify the result by using the formula.

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Medical Check-up Of 35 StudentsOf A Class.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics A Less Than Type ogive

To find the median:

  1. Take the point \(\left(0, \frac{N}{2}\right) \equiv\left(0, \frac{35}{2}\right)\) on Y-axis.
  2. Draw a line parallel to the X-axis from points \(\left(0, \frac{35}{2}\right)\) which is the curve at point P.
  3. Find the abscissa of point P (read). It is 46.8.
  4. Therefore, the required median = 46.8 kg.

Question 3. The following table gives the production yield per hectare of the heat of wheat of 100 farms in a village.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Production Yield Per Hectra Of Wheat Of 100 Farms Of A Village

Change the distribution to a more than type distribution, and draw its ogive.

Solution:

Convert the given distribution to the ‘more than’ type distribution.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Production Yield Per Hectra Of Wheat Of 100 Farms Of A Village.

Distribution of “More than” type

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Distribution Of More Than Type

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Distribution To A Mote Than Type of Distribution And Its ogive

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics Multiple Choice Questions And Answers

Question 1. In the formula \(\bar{x}=a+\frac{\Sigma f_i d_i}{\Sigma f_i}\) to determine the mean of grouped data, di is the deviation from and the following:

  1. The lower limit of classes
  2. The upper limit of classes
  3. Mid-point of classes
  4. Frequencies of classes

Answer: 3. Mid-point of classes

Question 2. If xi is the mid-points of class intervals of grouped data and fi are their corresponding frequencies, then the value of Σ(fi – xi – \(\bar{x}\)) is:

  1. -1
  2. 0
  3. 1
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. 0

Question 3. For the distribution

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Sum Od Upper Limits Of Median Class And Modal Class

the sum of the upper limits of the median class and modal class is:

  1. 70
  2. 50
  3. 60
  4. 30

Answer: 1. 70

Question 4. The abscissa of the point of intersection of cumulative frequency curves of ‘less than type’ and ‘more than type’ gives the ______ of the data:

  1. Mean
  2. Median
  3. Mode
  4. All of these

Answer: 2. Median

Question 5. A cumulative frequency curve is necessary in

  1. Mean
  2. Median
  3. Mode
  4. All of these

Answer: 2. Median

Question 6. For the distribution

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Upper Limit Of Median Class

the upper limit of the median class is:

  1. 19
  2. 19.5
  3. 29
  4. 29.5

Answer: 4. 29.5

Question 7. In the distribution

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Modal Class Distribution

the modal class is:

  1. 20 – 30
  2. 30 – 40
  3. 40 – 50
  4. 50 – 60

Answer: 3. 40 – 50

Question 8. The modal class of the following frequency distribution will be

Class 10 Maths Chapter 14 Statistics The Modal Class Of Frequency Distribution

  1. 1 – 3
  2. 3 – 5
  3. 5 – 7
  4. 7 – 9

Answer: 2. 3 – 5

Question 9. The arithmetic mean of 3, 4, 6, and x is 5. The value of x will be:

  1. 5
  2. 2
  3. 7
  4. 3

Answer: 3. 7

Question 10. The arithmetic mean of positive even numbers from 1 to 10 will be:

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 5

Solution: 3. 6

Question 11. 1 hejnean ol n observations is \(\bar{x}\). If each observation is increased by a, then the new mean will be:

  1. \(\bar{x}\)+ a
  2. \(\bar{x}\)+ a/2
  3. \(\bar{x}\)– a
  4. \(\bar{x}\)– a/2

Answer: 1. \(\bar{x}\)+ a

Question 12. For a frequency distribution, the relation between mean, median, and mode is:

  1. Mode = 3 mean – 2 median
  2. Mode = 2 median – 3 mean
  3. Mode = 3 median – 2 mean
  4. Mode = 3 median + 2 mean

Answer: 3. Mode = 3 median – 2 mean

Question 13. The mean of natural number from 1 to 9 will be:

  1. 3
  2. 5
  3. 8
  4. 9

Answer: 2. 5

Question 14. For a frequency distribution, the mean is 20.5 and the median is 20. Its mode will be:

  1. 21.5
  2. 17
  3. 19
  4. 20.5

Answer: 3. 19

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Introduction

In our daily lives, we come across some situations, for which we do not have any definite answer, although we know what the possible results (outcomes) are.

Probability For Example :

  1. When a coin is tossed, it is certain that it will come down but it may turn up a head or may not turn up a head.
  2. When a die is thrown, it may turn up a particular number 3 or not.
  3. It may rain today.
  4. The above situations predict die uncertainty (chance), therefore all are referred to a phenomenon which may or may not occur. The probability estimates the degree of uncertainty regarding the happening of a given phenomenon.

Read and Learn More Class 10 Maths Solutions Exemplar

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Experiment

An operation which gives some outcomes (results) under some given conditions is known as the ‘experiment’.

For Example:

  1. “Tossing a coin” is an experiment with two outcomes: head and tail.
  2. “Throwing a die” is an experiment with six outcomes: 1,2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The plural of die is dice.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Experiment

Probability Trial

Experimenting repeatedly under similar conditions is called a trial.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Sample Space

The set (collection) of all possible outcomes of usually denoted by S.

For Example:

(1). In tossing a coin ← experiment

Sample space denoted by S=\(\left\{\begin{array}{cc}
H & T \\
(\text { Head ) } & \text { (Tail) }
\end{array}\right\}\)

(2). In throwing a die ← experiment

S = {1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6}

(3). In tossing a coin 3 times ← experiment

S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH, TTT}

(4). In throwing two dice simultaneously ← experiment

S=\(\left\{\begin{array}{l}
(1,1),(1,2),(1,3),(1,4),(1,5),(1,6) \\
(2,1),(2,2),(2,3),(2,4),(2,5),(2,6) \\
(3,1),(3,2),(3,3),(3,4),(3,5),(3,6) \\
(4,1),(4,2),(4,3),(4,4),(4,5),(4,6) \\
(5,1),(5,2),(5,3),(5,4),(5,5),(5,6) \\
(6,1),(6,2),(6,3),(6,4),(6,5),(6,6)
\end{array}\right\}\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Event

Any outcome or combination of some outcomes constitutes an event. Each event is a subset (part) of the sample space.

For Example:

(1). Let S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}, when a die is thrown and let E1 is the event of “getting an odd number”.

∴ E1 = {1, 3, 5}

(2). Let E2 be the event of “getting an even number”.

∴ E2 = {2, 4, 6}

(3) Let E3 be the event of “getting a prime number”.

∴ E3 = {2,3, 5}

All above events are part of a subset of a sample space.

Remark: Total number of elements in a sample space = (Number of outcomes of an event)No‘of times

For Example:

(1). In tossing a coin 3 times,

The total number of elements in a sample space denoted by

n(S) = (2)3 → No.of times

Possible outcomes of a coin = 8

(2). In throwing 2 dice,

n(S) = (6)2 → No.of times

Possible outcomes of an experiment = 36

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Simple Event Or Elementary Event

An event is called a simple event if it contains only one element. In terms of set, it is a singleton set.

For Example:

(1) In “tossing a coin”, sample space S = {H, T}

Let A = event of getting a head = {H} and B = event of getting a tail = {T}

Here A and B are simple events.

(2). In “tossing a coin 2 times”, S = {(H, H), (H, T), (T, H), (T, T)}

Let A = event of getting a head on the first coin and getting a tail on the second coin = {(H, T)}

B = event of getting a head on the first coin = {(H, H), (H, T)}

Here, A is a simple event but B is not a simple event as B has two sample points.

To understand the experiment, sample space and event, are given below.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Simple Event Or Elementary Event

It is necessary that event is a part of the sample space

About the Playing Cards

1. A pack of playing cards has 52 cards in all.

2. It has 2 Colours – [Red (26 cards); Black (26 cards)]

3. It has 4 suites

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability The Playing Cards

Numbering on each card of each suit as :

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Numbering On Each Card Of Each Suit

Actually, A, J, Q and IC are written in place of 1, 11, 12 and 13.

So, in a pack of 52 cards, 4 cards of the same number are there.

Note: Kings, Queens and Jacks are called the face cards while the aces together with face cards are called the honour cards.

For Example: Number 2 will be in spade, club, heart as well as in diamond. Similarly, the number IC will be in spade, dub, heart and diamond also.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Equally Likely Events

The events are said to be equally likely when we have no reason to believe that one is more likely to occur than the other. Each of the possible outcomes has an equal chance of occurring.

For Example:

  1. In “rolling a die”. There are six possible outcomes in the sample space, each is equally likely to occur.
  2. In “tossing a coin”, getting a tail or a head are equally likely events.

Now, let us try to understand the meaning of probability.

(Probability: probable, perhaps, possibly, chances etc.)

For this, first, we see some experiments.

(1 ). In tossing a coin, S = {H, T}

What are the chances of getting a head—only {H}?

You will say 50% or fifty-fifty—Correct.

∴ \(50 \% \text { means } \frac{50}{100}, \text { i.e., } \frac{1}{2}=\frac{n(\text { favourable cases })}{n(S)}\)

Our favourable case is getting a head ⇒ n(E) = 1

and the total number of outcomes in a sample space ⇒ n(S)= 2

(2). In throwing a die, S = {l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}

What are the chances of getting an even number, i.e., {2,4, 6}?

Again, you will say 50% or fifty-fifty—Correct.

∴ Probability of an event =\(\frac{\text { Number of favourable cases }}{\text { Total number of cases }}\)

Now, tell me O’ girl!

What is the probability of getting a head exactly 2 times when we toss a coin 3 times simultaneously?

Now, you see example (1) of sample space and give the correct answer.

Yes! Your answer is correct. It is \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Now, you can make understand to your friend easily that
S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH, TTT}

In these 8 outcomes, only 3 underlined contain exactly two heads.

∴ Our favourable cases = 3 and total number of outcomes = 8

∴ Required probability = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Minimum And Maximum Values Of Probability Of An Event

The value of the probability of any event always lies between 0 and 1. When the probability of an event is 0, it is said to be an impossible event and when the probability of an event is l, it is said to be a sure event.

Explanation: We know that a set (collection) of favourable outcomes is a part of the whole sample space.

∴ Number of favourable cases \(\leq\) Total number of cases.

⇒ \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable cases }}{\text { Total number of cases }} \leq 1\) → (1)

Now, see the following example :

“In throwing a die numbered l to 6”, find the probability of getting a number greater than 6”.

Here there is no such possibility to get a number which is greater than 6.

Favourable number of cases ≥ 0

So. always a number of favourable cases \(\leq\) 0

∴ \(\frac{\text { Number of favourable cases }}{\text { Total number of cases }} \leq 0\)

Combining Eqs. (1) and (2), we get

∴0 \(\leq\) Probability of an event \(\leq\) 1

Remember: In each experiment, we assume that the chance of each outcome is the same.

  • Die or die must be fair.
  • The coin must be unbiased (We do not consider the possibility that the coin can land on its side). We will consider that coin will land on any one of its faces, i.e., either head or tail.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Theorems Of Addition Of Probabilities

If an event £ can happen in any one of the n different ways with the probabilities P1, P2, P3 …. respectively, then the probability for the event £ is equal to the sum of the individual probabilities P1, P2, P3, …Pn

For Example:

When a die is rolled, then any one of the numbers,1,2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 can be shown up.

Total number of outcomes = 6

Number of even numbers (2, 4 or 6)= 3

∴ Probability of getting an even number = \(\frac{\text { Favourable outcomes }}{\text { Total number of outcomes }}=\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Also, Probability of getting 2 = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Probability of getting 4 = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Probability of getting 6 = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

∴ Probability of getting an even number = \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Complementary Events

If E is an event, then the event ‘not £’ is a complementary event of E.

For Example:

When we throw a die, let E be the event getting a number less than or equal to 2, then the event ‘not E’, i.e., getting a number greater than 2 is a complementary event of E. Complementary of E is denoted by E or \((\bar{E})\)

∴ \(P(E)+P(\bar{E})\)=1

Let E be an event, then the number of outcomes favourable to E is greater than or equal to zero and is less than or equal to the total number of outcomes. It follows than

∴ \(0 \leq P(E) \leq 1\).

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Exhaustive Events

All the possible outcomes of any trial taken together are called exhaustive events.

For Example:

From a group of 2 boys and 3 girls, two children are selected at random. Describe the events:

S = {B1B2, B1G1, B1G2, B2G2, B2G1,B2G2, B2G2, G1G2, G2G3, G1G3}

E1 = event that both the selected children are girls

= {G1G2, G2G3, G1G3}

E2 = event that the selected children consist of 1 boy and 1 girl

= {B1G1, B1G2, B1G3, B2G1, B2G2, B2G2}

E3 = event that at least one boy is selected

= {B1B2, B1G1, B1G2, B1G3, B2G1, B2G2, B2G3}

Here E1 and E2 together do not constitute S.

∴ E1 and E2 are not exhaustive events,

and E2 and E3 also do not form the whole sample space S.

∴ E2 and E3 are not exhaustive events.

But E1 and E3 together form a whole sample space.

∴ E1 and E3 are exhaustive events.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Solved Examples

Question 1. In any situation that has only two possible outcomes, each outcome will have probability \(\frac{1}{2}\). Find whether it is true or false.

Solution:

False,

The probability of each outcome will be \(\frac{1}{2}\) only when the two outcomes are equally likely.

For Example:

On the eve of Deepawali, we are lighting the candles in night on the roof.

The candles may be “lightening off due to heavy rain” or “they may not be lightening off” are not equally likely events because they do have not equal chances of occurring.

The possibility of falling rain at the time of the festival Deepawali is very less.

Question 2. A marble is chosen at random from 6 marbles numbered 1 to 6. Find the probability of getting a marble having number 2 and 6 on it.

Solution:

Given

A marble is chosen at random from 6 marbles numbered 1 to 6.

The favourable case is to get a marble on which both numbers 2 and 6 are written. But there is no such marble.

So, n(E) = 0 and n(S) = 6

∴ Required probability =\(\frac{n(E)}{n(S)}=\frac{0}{6}\)=0

Question 3. A marble is chosen at random from 6 marbles numbered 1 to 6. Find the probability of getting a marble having the number 2 or 6 on it.

Solution:

Given

A marble is chosen at random from 6 marbles numbered 1 to 6.

Here n(E) = 2   [either 2 or 6]

and n(S) = 6

∴ Required probability = \(\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4. A fair coin is tossed

  1. List the sample space.
  2. What is P(tail)?

Solution:

(1). When a fair coin is tossed, there are two possible outcomes. Either the head appears on the uppermost face or the tail appears on the uppermost face.

S = {H, T}; n {S} = 2

(2). \(P(\text { tail })=\frac{\text { No. of favourable outcomes }}{\text { No. of possible outcomes }}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5. A fair die is tossed. List the sample space. State the probability of the event :

  1. A number less than 3 appears
  2. A number greater than 3 appears
  3. A number greater than or equal to 3 appears

Solution:

When a fair die is tossed, the number of possible outcomes is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

Sample space S = {1,2, 3,.4, 5, 6); n (S) = 6

(1). Let A be the event which denotes “a number less than 3 appears”.

A= {1,2}, n(A) = 2;

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{3}\)

(2). Let E be the event which denotes “a number greater than 3” appears.

E= {4,5,6}; n{E) =3

⇒ P(E)=\(\frac{n(E)}{n(S)}=\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

(3). Let B be the event in which “a number greater than or equal to 3” appears.

B = {3, 4, 5, 6}; n(B) = 4

⇒ P(B)=\(\frac{n(B)}{n(S)}=\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 6. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability of getting:

  1. An even number is the sum
  2. An even number as the product
  3. The sum as a prime number
  4. A total of at least 10
  5. A doublet.

Solution:

Elementary events associated with the random experiment of throwing two dice are :

{1,1} {1,2} {1,3} {1,4} {1,5} {1,6}

{2,1} {2,2} {2,3} {2,4} {2,5} {2,6} .

{3,1} {3,2} {3,3} {3,4} {3,5} {3,6}

{4,1} {4,2} {4,3} {4,4} {4,5} {4,6}

{5,1} {5,2} {5,3} {5,4} {5,5} {5,6}

{6,1} {6,2} {6,3} {6,4} ‘{6,5} {6,6}

∴ Total number of elementary events = 6 x 6 = 36.

(1). Let A be the event of getting an even number as the sum, i.e., 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12.

The sum is even.

∴ Sum may be 2 or 4 or 6 or 8 10 or 12.

So, elementary events favourable to events are (1,1), (1,3), (3,1),(2,2), (1,5), (5, 1), (2, 4), (4, 2),'(3, 3), (2, 6), (6, 2), (4, 4), (5, 3), (3, 5), (5, 5), (6, 4), (4, 6) and (6, 6). C

clearly, a favourable number of outcomes =18

Hence, required probability = \(\frac{18}{36}=\frac{1}{2}\)

(2). Let B be the event of getting an even number as the product, i.e., 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18,20,24,30,36.

∴ Elementary events favourable to event £ are : (1, 2), (2, 1), (1, 4), (4, 1), (2, 2), (1, 6), (6, 1), (2, 3), (3, 2), (2, 4), (4, 2), (2, 5), (5, 2), (2, 6), (6, 2), (3, 4), (4, 3), (4, 4), (3, 6), (6, 3), (4, 5), (5, 4), (4, 6), (6, 4), (5, 6), (6, 5), (6, 6).

∴ Favourable number of outcomes = 27

Hence, required probability = \(\frac{27}{36}=\frac{3}{4}\)

(3). Let C be the event of getting the sum as a prime number, i.e., 2, 3, 5, 7, 11.

Elementary events favourable to event C are :(1, 1), (1 2), (2, 1),(1, 4), (4, 1), (2, 3), (3, 2), (1, 6), (6, 1), (2, 5), (5, 2), (3, 4), (4, 3), (6, 5), (5, 6)

∴ Favourable number of outcomes =15

Hence, required probability = \(\frac{15}{36}=\frac{5}{12}\)

(4). Let D be the event of getting a total of at least 10, i.e., 10, 11, 12.

Then, the elementary events favourable to D are (6, 4), (4, 6), (5, 5), (6, 5), (5, 6) and (6, 6).

∴ Favourable number of outcomes = 6

Hence, required probability = \(\frac{6}{36}=\frac{1}{6}\)

(5). Let E be the event of getting a Doublet, i.e., (1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (4, 4), (5,5), (6,6).

Clearly, a favourable number of outcomes = 6

∴ \(P(E)=\frac{6}{36}=\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 7.

  • A die is thrown once. Find the probability of getting :
    1. A prime number
    2. A number between 3 and 6
    3. A number greater than 4
    4. A number at most 4
    5. A factor of 6.
  • When two dice are thrown find the probability of obtaining :
    1. A total of 6
    2. A total of 10
    3. Same number on both dice
    4. A total of 9.
  • Two different dice are thrown together. Find the probability that the numbers obtained :
    1. Have a sum of less than 7
    2. Have a product of less than 16
    3. Is a doublet of odd numbers.

Solution:

1. As a die is rolled once, therefore there are six possible outcomes, i.c., 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6.

(1). Let A be an event “getting a prime number”.

Favourable cases for a prime number are 2, 3, 5,

i.e., n(A) = 3

Hence, P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

(2). Let A be an event “getting a number between 3 and 6”.
Favourable cases for events A are 4 or 5.

i.e., n(A) = 2

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{3}\)

(3). Let A be an event “a number greater than 4”.

Favourable cases for events A are 5 and 6.

i.e., n(A) = 2

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{3}\)

(4). Let A be the event of getting a number at most 4.

∴ A = {1,2, 3, 4} ⇒ n(A) = 4, n(S) = 6

∴ Required probability = \(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{3}\)

(5). Let A be the event of getting a factor of 6.

∴ A = {1,2, 3, 6} r ⇒ n(A) = 4, n(S) = 6

∴ Required probability = \(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{4}{6}=\frac{2}{3}\)

2. Since a pair of dice is thrown once, so there are 36 possible outcomes.

i.e., n(S) = 36

(1). Let A be an event “a total 6”. Favourable cases for a total of 6 are (2, 4), (4, 2), (3, 3),(5, 1), (1,5).

i.e., n(A) = 5

Hence, P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{5}{36}\)

(2). Let A be an event “a total of 10”. Favourable cases for a total of 10 are (6, 4), (4, 6),(5,5).

i.e., n(A) = 3

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{3}{36}=\frac{1}{12}\)

(3). Let A be an event “the same number of both the dice”. Favourable cases for the same number on both the dice are (1, 2), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6).

i.e.. n(A)= 6

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{6}{36}=\frac{1}{6}\)

(4). Let A be an event “of getting a total of 9”. Favourable cases for a total of 9 are (3,6), (6,3), (4,5), (5,4). ”

i.e., n(A) = 4

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{4}{36}=\frac{1}{9}\)

3. We have, n(S) = 36

(1). Let A be an event “a sum less than 7” i.e., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.

Favourable cases for a sum less than 7 are : (1, 1), (1, 2), (2, l),(l,3), (3, 1), (2, 2), (1,4), (4, 1), (2, 3), (3, 2), (1,5), (5, 1), (2, 4), (4, 2), (3, 3)

i.e., n(A) = 15

⇒ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{15}{36}=\frac{5}{12}\)

(2). Let/1 be an event “product less than 16” i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15.

Favourable cases for a product less than 16 are : (1, 1), (1, 2), (2, 1),(1, 3), (3, 1), (1, 4), (4, 1), (2, 2), (1, 5), (5, 1), (1, 6), (6, 1), (2, 3), (3, 2), (2, 4), (4, 2), (3, 3), (2, 5),(5, 2), (2, 6), (6, 2), (3, 4), (4, 3), (3, 5), (5, 3).

n(A) = 25

Hence, P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{25}{36}\)

(3). Let A be an event “a doublet of odd numbers”.

Favourable cases for a doublet of odd numbers are (1, 1), (3, 3), (5, 5)

i.e., n(A) = 3

Hence P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{3}{36}=\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 8. A standard deck of 52 cards is shuffled. Ritu draws a single card from the deck at random. What is the probability that the card is a jack?

Solution:

Given

A standard deck of 52 cards is shuffled. Ritu draws a single card from the deck at random.

S = Sample space of all possible outcomes, or 52 cards.

Thus, n(S) = 52

E = Event of selecting a jack. There are four jacks in the deck; jack of hearts, of diamonds, of spades, and of clubs.

Thus n(E) = 4 .

∴ P(E)=\(\frac{\text { Number of possible jacks }}{\text { Total number of possible cards }}=\frac{4}{52}=\frac{1}{13}\)

Hence, the probability that the card is jack is \(\frac{1}{13}\)

Question 9. A bag contains 5 black, 7 red and 3 white balls. A ball is drawn from the bag at random. Find the probability that the ball drawn is:

  1. Red
  2. Black or white
  3. Not black.

Solution:

Given

A bag contains 5 black, 7 red and 3 white balls. A ball is drawn from the bag at random.

Total number of balls = 5 + 7 + 3= 15

1. Number of red balls = 7

∴ P(drawing a red ball) = \(\frac{7}{15}\)

2. Number of black or white balls = 5 + 3 = 8

∴ P(drawing a black or white ball) =\(\frac{8}{15}\)

3. Number of balls which are not black =15-5 = 10

∴ P(drawing a ball that is not black) = \(\frac{10}{15}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Hence, the probability of getting a red ball, a black or white ball and not a black ball are \(\frac{7}{15}, \frac{8}{15}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\) respectively.

Question 10. The probability of selecting a rotten apple randomly from a heap of 900 apples is 0.18. What is the number of rotten apples in the heap?

Solution:

Given

The probability of selecting a rotten apple randomly from a heap of 900 apples is 0.18

Total number of apples in a heap = 900

Let the number of rotten apples in a heap = x

Number of rotten apples = \(\frac{\text { Number of rotten apples }}{\text { Total number of apples in a heap }}\)

Now, probability (rotten apple) = \(0.18=\frac{x}{900}\)

∴ x = 900 x 0.18 = 162

∴ Number of rotten apples in a heap of apples =162

Question 11. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of drawing:

  1. An ace
  2. ‘2’ of spades
  3. ‘10’ of a black suit.

Solution:

1. The number of possible outcomes of drawing an ace is 4 as the number of aces in the deck is 4.

The total number of outcomes relating to drawing a card from a deck of 52 cards is 52.

∴ P(drawing an ace) = \(\frac{4}{52}=\frac{1}{13}\)

2. As there is only one card ‘2’ of spades, there is one favourable outcome only.

∴ Probability of drawing ‘2’ of spades = \(\frac{1}{52}\)

3. Since, there are two cards of TO’ of a black suit, one 10 of spade and the other 10 of the club, the probability of drawing 10 of a black suit = \(\frac{2}{52}=\frac{1}{26}\)

Question 12. A box contains 90 discs which are numbered from 1 to 90. If one disc is drawn at random from the box, find the probability that it bears

  1. A two-digit number,
  2. A number divisible by 5.

Solution:

Given

A box contains 90 discs which are numbered from 1 to 90. If one disc is drawn at random from the box

We have, n(S) = 90

(1) Let A be the event of getting “a two-digit number”.

∴ Favourable cases are 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, …, 90.

∴ n(A)=81

∴ P(A)=\(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{81}{90}=\frac{9}{10}\)

(2) Let B be the event of getting “a number divisible by 5 “.

∴ Favourable cases are 10,15,20,25,30, …, 90.

Let there be n in numbers.

Tn =90

∴ 10+(n-1) 5 =90 [\(a_n\) of A.P.=a+(n-1)d]

⇒ (n-1) 5 =80 ⇒ n-1 = 16 ⇒ n=17

∴ n(B) =17

∴ P(B) =\(\frac{n(B)}{n(S)}=\frac{17}{90}\)

Question 13. A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow which is equally likely to come to rest pointing to all of the numbers 1,2, 3, …,12. What is the probability that it will point to

  1. 10
  2. An odd number
  3. A number which is a multiple of 3?

Solution:

Given

A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow which is equally likely to come to rest pointing to all of the numbers 1,2, 3, …,12.

n(S) = Total number of elementary events = 12.

1. Favourable number of elementary events that point to 10 = 1

∴ Required probability = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

2. Let A be the event “point of the arrowhead towards an odd number”

∴ n(A) = {1,3, 5, 7, 9, 11} = 6

∴ P(A) = \(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{6}{12}=\frac{1}{2}\)

3. Let E be the event “pointing towards a number which is a multiple of 3”

∴ n(E) = {3, 6, 9, 12} = 4

∴ P(E) = \(\frac{n(A)}{n(S)}=\frac{4}{12}=\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 14. A bag contains 15 white balls and some black balls. If the probability of drawing a black ball is thrice that of a white ball, find the number of black balls in the bag.

Solution:

Given

A bag contains 15 white balls and some black balls. If the probability of drawing a black ball is thrice that of a white ball

Number of white balls in a bag =15

Suppose the number of black balls in the bag = x

Total number of balls in the bag = 15 + x

P(white ball) =\(\frac{15}{15+x}\)

P(black ball) =\(\frac{x}{15+x}\)

Now, P(black ball ) =3 P( white ball )

⇒ \(\frac{x}{15+x} =3 \times \frac{15}{15+x} \quad \Rightarrow \quad x=45\)

Therefore, the number of black balls in the bag is 45

Question 15. Find the probability of having 53 Tuesdays in a:

  1. Non-leap year
  2. Leap year.

Solution:

1. A non-leap year contains 365 days. So, by dividing it by 7, we get 52 weeks and 1 more day.

So, since 52 weeks are there, it means 52 Tuesdays will also be there necessarily with probability 1 and 1 more day may be either Sun. or Mon. or Tue. or Wed. or Thur. or Fri. or Sat.

So, to get 53 Tuesdays, we have to select one more Tuesday from these 7 possibilities with probability \({1}{7}\)

Therefore, probability of having 53 Tuesdays in a non-leap year = \(1 \times \frac{1}{7}=\frac{1}{7}\)

2. In a leap year, there are 366 days and 364 days make 52 weeks and therefore 52 Tuesdays. So, the probability of getting 52 Tuesdays till now is l(sure event). The remaining two days can be

Sunday – Monday
Monday – Tuesday
Tuesday – Wednesday
Wednesday – Thursday
Thursday – Friday
Friday – Saturday
Saturday – Sunday

Hence, favourable outcomes = 2 and total outcomes = 7.

Therefore, the probability of having 53 Tuesdays in a leap year is \(1 \times \frac{2}{7}=\frac{2}{7}\)

Question16. It is known that a box of 600 electric bulbs contains 12 defective bulbs. One bulb is taken out at random from this box. What is the probability that it is a non-defective bulb?

Solution:

Given

It is known that a box of 600 electric bulbs contains 12 defective bulbs. One bulb is taken out at random from this box.

The number of non-defective bulbs in the box = 600 – 12 = 588

So, probability of taking out a non-defective bulb = \(\frac{588}{600}=\frac{49}{50}\)=0.98

Question 17. Two customers are visiting a particular shop in the same week (Monday to Saturday). Each is equally likely to visit the shop on any day as on another day. What is the probability that both will visit the shop on

  1. The same day
  2. Different days
  3. Consecutive days?

Solution:

Given

Two customers are visiting a particular shop in the same week (Monday to Saturday). Each is equally likely to visit the shop on any day as on another day.

1. Both the customers visit the shop on the same day, i.e., there are 6 days (Monday to Saturday) and each is equally likely.

∴ Probability of both will visit on the same day

= First will go on Monday and the other will also go on Monday or the first will go on Tuesday and the other will go on Tuesday:

or first will go on Saturday and other will also go on Saturday

=\(\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{1}{6}+\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{1}{6}+\ldots+\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{1}{6}=6 \times \frac{1}{6} \times \frac{1}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)

Alternative Method:

The first person will definitely go to the market on any of the six days with probability 1 (sure event). If both go to the market the same day then the second person has only 1 choice (only that 1 day when the first goes). So, its probability of going to the market = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

∴ Required probability = \(1 \times \frac{1}{6}=\frac{1}{6}\)

2. The first person will definitely go to the market on any of the six days with probability 1 (sure event). Since both will not go on the same day, so second person has now only 5 choices (except this 1 day when first go to the market). So, the probability of the second man go to the other day = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

∴ Required probability = \(1 \times \frac{5}{6}=\frac{5}{6}\)

3. There are 5 consecutive days, i.e., Monday Tuesday, Tuesday Wednesday, Wednesday Thursday, Thursday Friday, Friday Saturday.

∴ Required probability = 5 \times \frac{1}{6} \times \frac{1}{6}=\frac{5}{36}

Question 18. Find the probability of getting 52 Sundays in a leap year.

Solution:

A leap year has 366 days, so by dividing it by 7, we get 52 weeks and 2 days more. 52 weeks means 52 Sundays surely. Now, what will you say?

Perhaps you will say that the probability of getting 52 Sundays in a leap year is 1. Your answer is not correct. Why?

Think about the two remaining days. If from the remaining 2 days, 1 day is the Sunday, then there are 53 Sundays in a leap year.

So, the question does not end at the stage that probability is 1. We have to consider necessarily the two remaining days.

The remaining 2 days may be (Sunday, Monday), (Monday, Tuesday), (Tuesday, Wednesday), (Wednesday, Thursday), (Thursday, Friday), (Friday, Saturday), (Saturday, Sunday).

For only 52 Sundays we want the combination of (Sunday, and Monday) or (Saturday, and Sunday not to occur. So, to get the required probability.

= (52 Sundays with probability 1) and (5 other possibilities out of 7 with probability \(\left(\frac{5}{7}\right)\))

= \(1 \times \frac{5}{7}=\frac{5}{7}\)

Question 19. If a number x is chosen at random from the numbers -2, -1, 0, 1, 2. What is the probability that \(x^2<2\)?

Solution:

We are presenting a table for x and x.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Random From The Number

Clearly, x can take any one of the five values.

∴ Total number of cases = 5

Now, x3 < 2 when x = -1 or 0 or 1

∴ Favourable cases = 3

∴ Required probability =\(\frac{\text { Number of favourable cases }}{\text { Total number of cases }}=\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 20. A circle with a radius of 10 cm is drawn somewhere on a rectangular piece of paper of dimensions 10 cm x 30 cm, This paper is kept horizontally on the tabletop and a point is marked on the rectangular paper without seeing It. bind the probability that it will marked outside the circle. {Take \(\pi=\frac{22}{7}\)

Solution:

Given

A circle with a radius of 10 cm is drawn somewhere on a rectangular piece of paper of dimensions 10 cm x 30 cm, This paper is kept horizontally on the tabletop and a point is marked on the rectangular paper without seeing It.

Area of rectangle =40 \(\times 30 \mathrm{~cm}^2=1200 \mathrm{~cm}^2 \)

Area of circle =\(\pi(10)^2=100 \pi \mathrm{cm}^2\)

∴ Area of remaining portion =(1200-100 \(\pi) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

∴ Required probability =\(\frac{\text { Favourable portion }}{\text { Total portion }}=\frac{100(12-\pi)}{1200}\)

= \(\frac{12-\frac{22}{7}}{12}=\frac{84-22}{7 \times 12}=\frac{62}{7 \times 12}=\frac{31}{42}\)

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Probability That It Will Marked Outside The Circle

Question 21. A square dart board is placed in the first quadrant from x = 0 to,x = 6 and = 0 to x = 6. A triangular region on the dartboard is enclosed y = 2, x = 6 and y = x. Find the probability that a dart that randomly hits the dartboard will land in the triangular region formed by the three lines.

Solution:

Given

A square dart board is placed in the first quadrant from x = 0 to,x = 6 and = 0 to x = 6. A triangular region on the dartboard is enclosed y = 2, x = 6 and y = x.

Area of square board =\((6)^2=36 \mathrm{sq}\). units

Now, DE = 6 – 2 = 4 units

BD = 6 – 2 = 4 units

∴ Area of \(\triangle B D E =\frac{1}{2} \times D E \times B D=\frac{1}{2} \times 4 \times 4\)

= 8 sq units

Hence, required probability =\(\frac{Area of \triangle B D E}{{ Area of square } O A B C}\)

= \(\frac{8}{6 \times 6}=\frac{2}{9}\)

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability A Square Dart Board Is Placed In First Quadrant

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Exercise 15.1

Question 1. Complete the following statements:

  1. Probability of an event E + Probability of the event ‘not E’ = ________.
  2. The probability of an event that cannot happen is ________ Such an event is called ___________.
  3. The probability of an event that is certain to happen is _______ Such an event is called _______.
  4. The sum of the probabilities of all the elementary events of an experiment is _________.
  5. The probability of an event is greater than or equal to _______ and less than or equal to ________.

Solution:

  1. Probability of an event E + Probability of the event ‘not F = 1.
  2. The probability of an event that cannot happen is zero. Such an event is called an impossible event.
  3. The probability of an event that is certain to happen is 1. Such an event is called a certain event.
  4. The sum of the probabilities of all the elementary events of an experiment is 1.
  5. The probability of an event is greater than or equal to zero and less than or equal to one.

Question 2. Which of the following experiments have equally likely outcomes? Explain.

  1. A driver attempts to start a car. The car starts or does not start.
  2. A player attempts to shoot a basketball. She/he shoots or misses the shot.
  3. A trial is made to answer a true-false question. The answer is right or wrong.
  4. A baby is born. It is a boy or a girl?

Solution:

  1. A driver attempts to start a car. Here the possibility of starting a car is more than that of not starting the car. So this experiment is not equally likely.
  2. A player attempts to shoot a basketball.
    • In the same condition, the possibilities of shoots or misses the shoots are not the same. So this experiment is not equally likely.
  3. A trial is made to answer a true-false question. The possibilities of right or wrong answers are the same. So this experiment is equally likely.
  4. A baby is born. The possibilities of this baby being a boy or a girl are equal. So this experiment is equally likely.

Question 3. Why is tossing a coin considered to be a fair way of deciding which team should get the ball at the beginning of a football game?

Solution:

Tossing a coin is considered to be a fair way because the coin is symmetric and the possibilities of getting head or tail are equal.

Question 4. Which of the following cannot be the probability of an event?

  1. \(frac{2}{3}\)
  2. -1.5
  3. 15%
  4. 0.7

Solution: 2. -1.5

Because the probability of an event cannot be smaller than zero.

Question 5. If P(E) = 0.05, what is the probability of ‘not E’?

Solution :

P(E) = 0.05

Probability of ‘E-not’ = 1 – P(E)

= 1 – 0.05 = 0.95

Question 6. A bag contains lemon-flavoured candies only. Malini takes out one candy without looking into the bag. What is the probability that she takes out:

  1. An orange-flavoured candy?
  2. A lemon-flavoured candy?

Solution :

There are only lemon-flavoured candies in the bag.

If a candy is drawn at random from the bag, then

1. The probability of drawing an orange-flavoured candy = 0.

So. the probability of drawing an orange-flavoured candy = 0.

2. The event of drawing a lemon-flavoured candle is a certain event.

So. the probability of drawing a lemon-flavoured candy = 1

Question 7. It is given that in a group of 3 students, the probability of 2 students not having the same birthday is 0.992. What is the probability that the 2 students have the same birthday?

Solution:

The probability of 2 students not having the same birthday = 0.992

∴ The probability of 2 students having the same birthday = 1 – 0.992 = 0.008

Question 8. A bag contains 3 red balls and 5 black balls. A ball is drawn at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball drawn is

  1. Red?
  2. Not red?

Solution:

Total balls 3 + 5 = 8

Total possible outcomes of drawing a ball at random from the bag = 8

1. Favourable outcomes of drawing a red ball = 3

∴ The probability of drawing a red ball

Favourable outcomes of = \(\frac{\text { drawing a red ball }}{\text { Total possible outcomes }}\)

=\(\frac{3}{8}\)

2. Probability that the ball drawn is not red = 1 – probability that the ball drawn is red.

Question 9. A box contains 5 red marbles, 8 white marbles and 4 green marbles. One marble is taken out of the box at random. What is the probability that the marble taken out will be

  1. Red?
  2. White?
  3. Not green?

Solution:

Total marbles = 5 + 8 + 4=17 Total possible outcomes of drawing a marble at random from the box = 17

1. Favourable outcomes of drawing a red marble = 5.

∴ The probability that the marble drawn is red

Favourable outcomes of = \(\frac{\text { drawing a red ball }}{\text { Total possible outcomes }}\)

=\(\frac{5}{17}\)

2. Favourable outcomes of drawing a white marble = S

∴ Possibility of drawing a white marble

Favourable outcomes of \(\frac{\text { drawing a red ball }}{\text { Total possible outcomes }}\)

= \(\frac{8}{17}\)

3. Favourable outcomes of drawing a green marble = 4

⇒ Favourable outcomes that the marble drawn is not green = 17 – 4 =13

∴ The probability that the marble drawn is not green

Favourable outcomes = \(\frac{\text { marble drawn is not green }}{\text { Total possible outcomes }}\)

= \(\frac{13}{17}\)

Question 10. A piggy bank contains a hundred 50 p coins, fifty ₹ 1 coins, twenty ₹ 2 coins and ten ₹ 5 coins. If it is equally likely that one of the tyre coins will fall out when the bank is turned upside down, what is the probability that the coin?

  1. Will be a 50 p coin?
  2. Will not be a ₹ 5 coin?

Solution:

No. of coins of 50 paise =100

No. of coins of ₹ 1 =50

No. of coins of ₹ 2 =20

No. of coins of ₹ 5 = 10

Total coins = 100 + 50 + 20 + 10 = 180

Total outcomes that one coin will fall out = 180

1. The favourable outcomes that the coin fall out is 50 paise = 100

∴ Probability that coin fall out is of 50 paise =\(\frac{100}{180}=\frac{5}{9}\)

2. The favourable outcome that the coin falls out is ₹ 5 = 10

∴ Probability that coin fall out is of Rs 5 = =\(\frac{10}{180}=\frac{1}{18}\)

Therefore, the probability that the coin falls out is not ₹ 5

= \(1-\frac{1}{18}=\frac{17}{18}\)

Question 11. Gopi buys a fish from a shop for his aquarium. The shopkeeper takes out one fish at random from a tank containing 5 male fish and 8 female fish. What is the probability that the fish taken out is a male fish?

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Gopi Buys A Fish From A Shop For His Aquarium

Solution :

Total no. of fish = 5 + 8 = 13

Total possible outcomes of taking a fish = 13

Favourable outcomes of taking a male fish = 5

Probability of a male fish

Favourable outcomes

= \(\frac{\text { drawing a male fish }}{\text { Total no. of possible outcomes of drawing a fish }}\)

= \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Question 12. A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow which comes to rest pointing at one of the numbers 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8. and these are equally likely outcomes.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability A Game Of Chance Consists Of Spinning An Arrow

What is the probability that it will point at:

  1. 8?
  2. An odd number?
  3. A number greater than 2?
  4. A number less than 9?

Solution :

Total no. of outcomes of pointing by an arrow =8

1. Favourable outcomes that the arrow indicates the number 8 = 1

∴ Probability of this event = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Favourable outcomes that the arrow indicates an odd number = {1,3,5, 7} = 4

∴ Probability of this event = \(\frac{4}{8}=\frac{1}{2}\)

3. Favourable outcomes that the arrow indicates a number greater than 2 = {3,4,5,6,7,8} = 6

∴ Probability of this event = \(\frac{6}{8}\) =\(\frac{3}{4}\)

4. Favourable outcomes that the arrow indicates a number less than 9. = {1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} = 8

∴ Probability of this event = \(\frac{8}{8}\)=1

Question 13. A die is thrown once. Find the probability of getting:

  1. A prime number
  2. A number lying between 2 and 6
  3. An odd number.

Solution:

Possible outcomes in one throw of a die = {1,2,3,4,5,6}

Total possible outcomes = 6

1. Prime numbers = {2, 3, 5} = 3

∴ Probability of getting a prime number = \(\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

2. Numbers lying between 2 to 6 = {3,4,5} = 3

∴ Probability of this event = \(\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

3. Odd numbers = {1, 3, 5} = 3

∴ Probability of this event =\(\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting:

  1. A king of red colour
  2. A face card
  3. A red-face card
  4. The jack of hearts
  5. A spade
  6. The Queen of diamonds

Solution:

Total possible outcomes of drawing a card from the pack of cards = 52.

1. Favourable outcomes of getting a king of red colour = 2.

∴ Probability of drawing a icing of red colour = =\(\frac{2}{52}=\frac{1}{26}\) .

2. Favourable outcomes of getting a face card = 12

∴ Probability of drawing a face card = \(\frac{12}{52}=\frac{3}{13}\)

3. Favourable outcomes of getting a face card of red colour = 6

∴ Probability of drawing a face card of red colour =\(\frac{6}{52}=\frac{3}{26}\)

4. Favourable outcomes of drawing a jack of heart = 1

∴ Probability of drawing a jack of heart = \(\frac{1}{52}\)

5. Favourable outcomes of drawing a card of spade = 13

∴ Probability of drawing a card of spade = \(\frac{13}{52}={1}{4}\)

6. Favourable outcomes of drawing a queen of diamonds = 1

∴ Probability of drawing a queen of diamond = \(\frac{1}{52}\)

Question 15. Five cards—the ten, jack, queen, king and ace of diamonds, are well-shuffled with their face downwards. One card is then picked up at random.

  1. What is the probability that the card is the queen?
  2. If the queen is drawn and put aside, what is the probability that the second card picked up is
    1. An ace?
    2. A queen?

Solution:

Total favourable outcomes of drawing a card from the five playing cards = 5

1. Favourable outcomes of drawing a queen = 1

∴ Probability of drawing a queen = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

2. Remaining cards when ‘queen’ is drawn and put aside = 4

(1). Favourable outcomes of drawing a card of ace = 1

∴ Probability of drawing the second card ace = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

(2). Favourable outcomes of drawing a queen = 0

∴ Probability of drawing the second card of queen = \(\frac{0}{4}\)=0

Question 16. 12 defective pens are accidentally mixed with 132 good ones. It is not possible to just look at a pen and tell whether or not it is defective. One pen is taken out at random from this lot. Determine the probability that the pen taken out is a good one.

Solution :

No. of good pens = 132

No. of defective pens = 12

Total pens = 132 + 12 = 144

Total favourable outcomes of drawing a pen = 144

Favourable outcomes of drawing a good pen = 132

∴ Probability of drawing a good pen = \(\frac{132}{144}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 17.

  1. A lot of 20 bulbs contain 4 defective ones. One bulb is drawn at random from the lot. What is the probability that this bulb is defective?
  2. Suppose the bulb drawn in (1) is not defective and is not replaced. Now one bulb is drawn at random from the rest. What is the probability that this bulb is not defective?

Solution:

Total bulbs = 20

Defective bulbs = 4

1. If a bulb is drawn at random then total possible outcomes = 20

Favourable outcomes of a defective bulb = 4.

∴ Probability of a defective bulb = \(\frac{4}{20}=\frac{1}{5}\)

2. If the bulb drawn is not defective and it is not replaced. Now a bulb is drawn then

Total possible outcomes =19

Favourable outcomes of a defective bulb = 4

∴ Probability of a defective bulb = \(\frac{4}{19}\)

⇒ Probability of a non-defective bulb =\(1-\frac{4}{19}=\frac{15}{19}\)

Question 18. A box contains 90 discs which are numbered from 1 to 90. If one disc is drawn at random from the box, find the probability that it bears

  1. A two-digit number
  2. A perfect square number
  3. A number divisible by 5.

Solution:

Total no. of discs = 90

Possible outcomes of drawing a disc = 90

1. Two digit numbers = {10, 11, 12, …90}

Favourable outcomes of drawing a two’ digit number = 81

Now, the probability of getting a two-digit number on the disc =\(\frac{81}{90}=\frac{9}{10}\)

2. Perfect square numbers in given numbers
= {1,4, 9, …,81}

⇒ Favourable outcomes of drawing a perfect square number = 9

Now, the probability that the number marked on the disc is a perfect square =\(\frac{9}{90}=\frac{1}{10}\)

3. Numbers divisible by 5 in the given numbers = (5, 10, 15,…, 90}

⇒ Favourable outcomes of a number drawn divisible by 5 = 18

Now, the probability that the number marked on the disc is divisible by 5 = \(\frac{18}{90}=\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 19. A child has a die whose six faces show the letters as given below:

A B C D E A

The die is thrown once. What is the probability of getting

  1. A?
  2. D?

Solution:

Total possible outcomes in a throw of die = 6

1. Favourable outcome of getting A = 2

∴ Probability of getting A = \(\frac{2}{6}=\frac{1}{3}\)

2. Favourable outcomes of getting D = 1

∴ Probability of getting D = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 20. Suppose you drop a die at random on the rectangular region shown. What is the probability that it will land inside the circle with a diameter of 1 m?

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Drop A Die At Random In The Rectangular Region

Solution:

Area of rectangle = \(3 \times 2=6 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Diameter of circle =1 m

⇒ Radius of circle =\(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~m}\)

⇒ Area of circle =\(\pi\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)^2=\frac{\pi}{4} \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Now, the probability that in one throw of a die, the die lands inside the circle

= \(\frac{\text { Area of circle }}{\text { Area of rectangle }}\)

= \(\frac{\pi / 4}{6}=\frac{\pi}{4 \times 6}=\frac{\pi}{24}\)

Question 21. A lot consists of 144 ball pens of which 20 are defective and the others are good. Nuri will buy a pen if it is good, but will not buy if it is defective. The shopkeeper draws one pen at random and gives it to her. What is the probability that:

  1. She will buy it?
  2. She will not buy it?

Solution:

Total number of ball pens = 144

No. of defective ball pens = 20

∴ No. of good ball pens = 144 – 20 = 124

No. of favourable outcomes of drawing a pen randomly = 144

1. To buy the pen, it must be a good one.

∴ Favourable outcomes of drawing a good ball pen=124

⇒ Probability of buying a good ball pen =\(\frac{124}{144}=\frac{31}{36}\)

2. If the ball pen is defective then she will not buy it.

∴ Favourable outcomes of drawing a defective ball pen = 20

⇒ Probability of drawing a defective ball pen =\(\frac{20}{144}=\frac{5}{36}\)

Question 22. Two dice, one blue and one grey, are thrown at the same time,

1. Complete the following table:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Sum of Two Dies

2. A student argues that ‘there are 11 possible outcomes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12. Therefore, each of them has a probability \(\frac{1}{11}\). Do you agree with this argument? Justify your answer.

Solution :

1. In a throw of two dice, possible outcomes are

⇒ \(\left\{\begin{array}{llllll}
(1,1), & (1,2), & (1,3), & (1,4), & (1,5), & (1,6) \\
(2,1), & (2,2), & (2,3), & (2,4), & (2,5), & (2,6) \\
(3,1), & (3,2), & (3,3), & (3,4), & (3,5), & (3,6) \\
(4,1), & (4,2), & (4,3), & (4,4), & (4,5), & (4,6) \\
(5,1), & (5,2), & (5,3), & (5,4), & (5,5), & (5,6) \\
(6,1), & (6,2), & (6,3), & (6,4), & (6,5), & (6,6)
\end{array}\right\}\)

Total possible outcomes = 36

Outcome of getting the sum 2 = (1, 1)

Favourable outcomes of getting a sum 2 = 1

∴ Probability of getting the sum 2 = \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 3 = (1, 2), (2, 1)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 3 = 2

∴ Probability of getting the sum 3 = \(\frac{2}{36}={1}{18}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 4 = (1,3), (2, 2), (3, 1)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 4 = 3

∴ Probability of getting the sum 4 = \(\frac{3}{36}={1}{12}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 5 = (1,4), (2, 3), (3, 2), (4, 1)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 5=4

∴ Probability of getting the sum 5 = \(\frac{4}{36}={1}{9}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 6 = (1,5), (2, 4), (3, 3), (4, 2), (5, 1)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 6 = 5

∴ Probability of getting the sum 6 = \(\frac{5}{36}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 7 = (1,6), (2, 5), (3, 4), (4, 3), (5, 2), (6, 1)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 7 = 6

∴ Probability of getting the sum 7 = \(\frac{6}{36}={1}{6}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 8 = (2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3), (6, 2)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 8 = 5

∴ Probability of getting the sum 8 = \(\frac{5}{36}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 9 = (3,6), (4, 5), (5, 4), (6, 3)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 9 = 4

∴ Probability of getting the sum 9 = \(\frac{4}{36}={1}{9}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 10 = (4, 6),(5, 5), (6, 4)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 10 = 3

∴ Probability of getting the sum 10 = \(\frac{3}{36}={1}{12}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 11 = (5, 6), (6, 5)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 11 = 2

∴ Probability of getting the sum 11= \(\frac{2}{36}={1}{18}\)

Outcomes of getting the sum 12 = (6, 6)

Favourable outcomes of getting the sum 12 = 1

∴ Probability of getting the sum 12 = \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Now, the given table will be as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Sum On Two Dice

2. The student’s argument is wrong because the favourable outcomes of every event are different.

Question 23. A game consists of tossing a one rupee coin 3 times and noting its outcome each time. Hanifwins if all the tosses give the same result i.e., three heads or three tails, and loses otherwise. Calculate the probability that Hanif will lose the game.

Solution :

Given

A game consists of tossing a one rupee coin 3 times and noting its outcome each time. Hanifwins if all the tosses give the same result i.e., three heads or three tails, and loses otherwise.

All possible outcomes in three throws of a coin of ₹ 1.

HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH,

TTT → Total possible outcomes = 8

Favourable outcomes of 3 heads = 1

Favourable outcomes of 3 tails = 1

∴ Favourable outcomes to win = 2

Now, favourable outcomes to lose = 8 – 2 = 6

Therefore, the probability to lose

= \(\frac{\text { Favourable outcomes to lose }}{\text { Total possible outcomes }}\)

= [/latex]\frac{6}{8}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]

Question 24. A die is thrown twice. What is the probability that:

  1. 5 will not come up either time?
  2. 5 will come up at least once?

[Hint: Throwing a die twice and throwing two dice simultaneously are treated as the same experiment]

Solution:

In two throws of a die, the all possible outcomes are :

(1.1), (1,2), (1,3), (1,4), (1,5), (1,6)

(2.1), (2,2), (2,3), (2,4), (2,5), (2,6)

(3.1), (3,2), (3,3), (3,4), (3,5), (3,6)

(4.1), (4,2), (4,3), (4,4), (4,5), (4,6)

(5.1), (5,2), (5,3), (5,4), (5,5), (5,6)

(6.1), (6,2), (6,3), (6,4), (6,5), (6,6)

Total possible outcomes = 36

Outcomes in which 5 comes up = 11

Outcomes in which 5 does not come up = 36 – 11 = 25

1. Favourable outcomes that 5 does not come up = 25

∴ Probability of not getting 5 = \(\frac{25}{36}\)

2. Favourable outcomes that 5 will come up at least once = 11

∴ Probability that 5 will come up at least once = \(\frac{11}{36}\)

Question 25. Which of the following arguments are correct and which are not correct? Clive reasons for your answer.

  1. If two coins are tossed simultaneously there are three possible outcomes—two heads, two tails or one of each. Therefore, for each of these outcomes, the probability is \(\frac{1}{3}\)
  2. If a die is thrown, there are two possible outcomes—an odd number or an even number. Therefore, the probability of getting an odd number is \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Solution:

1. When two coins are tossed together, then there are not three outcomes, but the following four outcomes are obtained:

HH, HT, TH, TT

So, the .ugumom of the student is false.

2. In one throw of a die

All possible outcomes {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} 6

Outcomes of getting an even number = {2. 4, 6} = 3

Outcomes of gelling an odd number = (1,3,5} =3

∴ Possibility of getting an odd number= \(\frac{3}{6}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Therefore, the argument of the student is true.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Exercise 15.2

Question 1. Two customers Shvam and Ehta visit a particular shop in the same week (Tuesday to Saturday), Each is equally likely to visit the shop on any day as on another day. What is the probability that both will visit the shop on

  1. The same day?
  2. Consecutive days?
  3. Different days?

Solution:

Hence, the total possible outcomes are as follows:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Total Probability Outcomes

Toral possible outcomes = 25

1. Outcomes that both customers visit on the same day

= (T. T), (W, W), (Th. Th), (F, F), (S, S)

Total favourable outcomes = 5

So. is probability Drat Bodi will visit on the same day

= \(\frac{5}{25}=\frac{1}{5}\)

2. Outcomes that both customers visit on consecutive days

= (T, W), (W; Th), (Th, F), (F, S), (W, T), (Th, W), (F, Th), (S, F)

Total favourable outcomes = 8

So, the probability that both visit on consecutive days the shop

= \(\frac{8}{25}\)

3. Probability that both visit the shop on the same day = \(\frac{1}{5}\) [from part (1)]

∴ The probability that both visit the shop on different days

1= \(\frac{1}{5}= {4}{5}\)

Question 2. A die is numbered in such a way that its faces show the numbers 1,2,2, 3, 3, 6. It is thrown two times and the total score in two throws is noted. Complete the following table which gives a tew values of the total score on the two throws:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Number In First Throw

Number in the first throw What is the probability that the total score is

  1. Even?
  2. 6?
  3. At least 6?

Solution:

Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability The Probability That The Total Score

Total possible outcomes = 36

1. Favourable outcomes of getting the sum as an even number = 18

∴ Probability of getting the sum as even number = \(\frac{18}{36}=\frac{1}{2}\)

2. Favourable outcomes of getting a sum 6 = 4

∴ Probability of getting a sum 6= \(\frac{4}{36}=\frac{1}{9}\)

3. Favourable outcomes of getting a sum less than 6=15.

∴ Probability of getting a sum less than 6 =\(\frac{15}{36}=\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 3. A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a blue ball is double that of a red ball, determine the number of blue balls in the bag.

Solution:

Given

A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a blue ball is double that of a red ball

Let the number of blue balls =x

Given, the number of red balls = 5

Total balls = x + 5

∴ The probability of drawing a blue ball

⇒ P(B)=\(\frac{x}{x+5}\)

and the probability of drawing a red ball

⇒ P(R)=\(\frac{5}{x+5}\)

Given that, P(B) =2 \(\times P(R)\)

⇒ \(\frac{x}{x+5} =\frac{2 \times 5}{x+5}\)

⇒ x =10

⇒ Number of blue balls =10

Question 4. A box contains 12 balls out of which x are black. If one ball is drawn at random from the box, what is the probability that it will be a black ball?

If 6 more black balls are put in the box, the probability of drawing a black ball is now double of what it was before. Find x.

Solution:

Given

A box contains 12 balls out of which x are black. If one ball is drawn at random from the box,

Total balls in the box = 12

Black balls = x

∴ Probability of drawing a black ball = \(\frac{x}{12}\)

On putting 6 more black balls in the box, Total balls = 12 + 6= 18 Black balls = x + 6

Now, probability of drawing a black ball = \(\frac{x+6}{12}\)

Given that, \(\frac{x+6}{18} =2 \times \frac{x}{12}\)

⇒ \(\frac{x+6}{18} =\frac{x}{6}\)

⇒ x + 6 = 3 x

⇒ 2 x = 6 ⇒ x = 3

Question 5. A jar contains 24 marbles, some are green and others are blue. If a marble is drawn at random from the jar, the probability that it is green 2 is \(\frac{2}{3}\). Find the number of blue balls in the jar.

Solution:

Given

A jar contains 24 marbles, some are green and others are blue. If a marble is drawn at random from the jar, the probability that it is green 2 is \(\frac{2}{3}\).

Total marbles in jar = 24

Let green marbles in jar = x

∴ Probability of drawing 1 green marble from jar = \(\frac{x}{24}\)

Given that, \(\frac{x}{24}=\frac{2}{3}\)

x = \(\frac{2}{3} \times 24\)

⇒ x = 16

∴ Green marbles = 16

⇒ Blue marbles = 24 – 16 = 8

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 15 Probability Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Question 1. The probability of a sure event is:

  1. 0
  2. 1
  3. -l
  4. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 2. 1

Question 2. The sum of the probabilities ofan event and its complementary event is:

  1. -1
  2. 0
  3. 1
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 1

Question 3. The probability of winning a match by Ravi is \(\frac{2}{5}\). The probability of his losing the match is

  1. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  3. 1
  4. 0

Answer: 1. \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 4. If P(A) represents the probability of an event, A, then:

  1. P(A)<0
  2. P(A)>1
  3. 0 ≤ P(A) ≤1
  4. -1 ≤ P(A)≤ 1

Answer: 3. 0 ≤ P(A) ≤1

Question 5. When a dice is thrown, the probability of getting an even number less than 3, is:

  1. 0
  2. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 6. The probability of selecting a prime number from the numbers 1 to 20, is:

  1. \(\frac{7}{20}\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  3. \(\frac{9}{20}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 7. In a year, which is not a leap year, the probability of 53 Monday is:

  1. \(\frac{6}{7}\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{7}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{7}\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13 Volume And Surface Area Of Solids

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids

The objects which occupy space have three dimensions) arc called solids.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13 Volume And Surface Area Of Solids

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Cuboid And Cube

A cuboid is a rectangular solid having six faces all of which are rectangles. The cuboid has six faces. The opposite faces are all congruent. Two adjacent faces meet in a line.

This line is called the edge of the cuboid. There are 12 edges of a cuboid. The point where three adjacent edges meet is called the vertex of the cuboid. There are 8 vertices of a cuboid.

The three edges that meet on the vertex of a cuboid are called its length, breadth and height. A cube is a cuboid in which all the edges are of equal length and every one of the six faces is a square.

Read and Learn More Class 10 Maths Solutions Exemplar

Total Surface (Surface Area) of a Cuboid and a Cube

The sum of the area of the faces of the cuboid is called its surface. The areas of opposite faces are equal, so the total surface of the A cuboid is

2lb + 2bh + 2hl = 2 (bh+ hl +lb)

For a cube, l = b = h = a (say)

Surface of a cube = 2(a.a + a.a + a.a) = 6a2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Total Surface Of A Cubiod And A Cube

The Length of the Diagonal of a Cuboid and a Cube

Diagonal of a floor \(D^{\prime} B^{\prime}=\sqrt{l^2+b^2}\). So, if we want to find the length of the longest rod DB’, then we make a new right-angled A treating, DB’ as hypotenuse, base as D’B’ and height as DD’ which is h. So, the length of the diagonal of a cuboid DB’.

= \(\sqrt{\left(D^{\prime} B^{\prime}\right)^2+\left(D D^{\prime}\right)^2}=\sqrt{l^2+b^2+h^2}\)

For a cube, l = b = h = a (say)

∴ The length of the diagonal of a cube = \(\sqrt{a^2+a^2+a^2}=a \sqrt{3}\)

Lateral Surface Area of a Cuboid and a Cube

  • Lateral surface area of a cuboid = 2(l + b)h. [CSA = TSA- (area of top and area of bottom)]
  • Lateral surface area of a cube = 4a2, where a = edge of the cube. It is also called the curved surface area or area of 4 walls.

The volume of a Cuboid and a Cube

The volume of any solid figure is the amount of space enclosed within its bounding faces.

The volume of a cuboid of length l units, breadth b units and height h units are lbh cubic units.

= (length x breadth x height) cubic units

= (area of the base x height) cubic units.

For a cube,

Volume of cube = a3 cubic units,

where, the length of the edge of the cube is a unit.

Note: The measurements of volume are as follows:

1 cm3 = 103 cubic mm

1 m3 = 1000 litre = 1 kl

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Cylinder

If a rectangle is revolved about one of its sides as its axis, the solid so formed is called a right circular cylinder.

The side AD about which the rectangle ABCD revolves is called the height of the cylinder.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Right Circular Cylinder

The line CD is called the generating line because when it revolves round AB, it generates the cylinder.

If you cut the hollow cylinder along AD and spread the piece, it becomes a rectangle whose one side is AD and the other side is AB which is equal to the circumference of a circle whose radius is the radius of the cylinder.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Cylinder

Hence, Side AB = 2πr

If h is the height of the cylinder, the area of ABCD

= AB x AD = 2πrh

Thus, the area of the curved surface of the cylinder

= 2πrh = perimeter of base x height

Whole Surface of a Cylinder

The whole surface area of a cylinder

= Curved surface + Area of the base + Area of the top

= 2πrh + πr2 + nr2 = 2πrh + 2πr2 = 2πr(h + r)

Volume of a Cylinder

The volume of a cylinder = Area of the base x Height

= nr2 x h = nr2h

Note: If the top and bottom are removed from the total surface area, then only the curved surface area remains.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Hollow Cylinder

Solids like iron pipes, rubber tubes, etc., are in the shape of hollow cylinders.

For a hollow cylinder of height h and with external and internal radii R and r respectively, we have

Volume of the material = Exterior volume- Interior volume
= πR2h- πr2h = πh (R2– r2)

The curved surface of the hollow cylinder
= External surface + Internal surface = 2πRh + 2πrh = 2πh(R + r)

The total surface area of the hollow cylinder
= Curved surface + 2(Area of base rings)
= (2πRh + 2πrh) + 2(πR2– πr2) = 2πh(R + r) + 2π(R2 – r2)
= 2π(R + r) (h+R-r)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Right Circular Cone

A right circular cone is a solid generated by the revolution of a right-angled triangle about sides containing the right angle as the axis.

Let CAB be a right-angled triangle, right-angled at A. The hypotenuse CB revolves around the side CA as the fixed axis. The hypotenuse CB will generate the curved surface of a cone.

The radius of the circular base is called the radius of the cone. It is usually denoted by ‘r’.

The point C is called the vertex of the cone.

The length CA of the axis is called the height of the cone. It is usually ‘denoted by ‘h’.

The hypotenuse CB is called the generating line of the cone and its length is called the slant height. It is usually denoted by l.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Right Circular Cone

The volume of Right Circular Cone

Volume of a cone = \(\frac{1}{3}\) (area of the base) x height’

i.e., \(V=\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\)

where r = radius of the base and h = height.

Slant height of right circular cone = \(l=\sqrt{h^2+r^2}\)

The curved surface of the Right Circular Cone

Curved surface of a cone = \(\pi r l=\pi r \sqrt{h^2+r^2}\)

where r = radius of the base, l = slant height of the cone.

Total Surface of Right Circular Cone

Total surface of the cone = Area of the base + Area of the curved surface

i.e., total surface of the cone = πr2 + πrl = πr(r + l).

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Sphere

When a circle is revolved about its diameter, the solid thus formed is a sphere. Let AB be the diameter of a circle ADB and 0 be its centre.

If the circle ADB revolves around AB, point D takes different positions and a closed solid is formed.

A sphere may also be defined as a solid bounded by a closed surface, all points on which are at a constant distance from a fixed point.

Curved Surface Area and Volume of a Sphere

The curved surface area of a sphere = 4πr2, where r is the radius of the sphere.

The volume of sphere = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Curved Surface Area And Volume Of A Sphere

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Hemisphere

A plane through the centre of a sphere divides the sphere into two equal parts. Each part is called a hemisphere.

If r is the radius of the hemisphere, then

Volume of hemisphere = \(\frac{2}{3} \pi r^3\)

Curved surface area = 2πr2

Total surface area = 2πr2 + πr2 = 3πr2.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Hemisphere

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Spherical Shell

A spherical shell having external radius R and internal radius r, then we have

Volume of material = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3-\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi\left(R^3-r^3\right)\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Solved Examples

Question 1. A tent of cloth is cylindrical upto 1 m in height and conical above it of the same radius of base. If the diameter of the tent is 6 m and the slant height of the conical part is 5 m, find the cloth required to make this tent.

Solution:

Given

A tent of cloth is cylindrical upto 1 m in height and conical above it of the same radius of base. If the diameter of the tent is 6 m and the slant height of the conical part is 5 m,

Diameter of base 2r = 6 m

⇒ \(r=\frac{6}{2}=3 \mathrm{~m}\)

Height of cylindrical path h = 1 m

The slant height of conical part l = 5 m

Cloth required in tent = 2πrh + πrl

= πr (2h + l)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 3(2 \times 1+5)=66 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

The cloth required to make this tent =66 

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Tent Of Cloth Is Cylindrical

Question 2. The base and top of a right circular cylindrical drum are hemispherical. The diameter of the cylindrical part is 14 cm and the total height is 30 cm. Find the total surface area of the drum.

Solution:

Given

The base and top of a right circular cylindrical drum are hemispherical. The diameter of the cylindrical part is 14 cm and the total height is 30 cm.

Here 2r = 14

⇒ r = 7 cm

Height of cylindrical part h = 30 – 2 x 7 = 16 cm

The total surface area of the drum = 2 x the Curved surface of the hemisphere + the Curved surface of the cylinder

= 2 x 2πr2 + 2πrh

= 2πr(2r + h)

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 7(2 \times 7+16)\)

= 44 x 30 = 1320 cm2

The total surface area of the drum = 1320 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Circular Drum Are Hemispherical

Question 3. Three cubes, each with an 8 cm edge, are joined end to end. Find the total surface area of the resulting cuboid.

Solution:

Given

Three cubes, each with an 8 cm edge, are joined end to end.

As is clear from the adjoining figure;

the length of the resulting cuboid = 3 x 8 cm = 24 cm

Its width = 8 cm and its height = 8 cm

i.e., l = 24 cm, b = 8 cm and h = 8 cm

∴ The total surface area of the resulting cuboid

= 2(1 x b + b x h + h x l)

= 2 (24 x 8 + 8 x 8 + 8 x 24) cm2 = 896 cm2

The total surface area of the resulting cuboid = 896 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Three Cubes

Question 4. A rectangular sheet of tin 58 cm x 44 cm is to be made into an open box by cutting off equal squares from the corners and folding up the flaps. What should be the volume of box if the surface area of box is 2452 cm2?

Solution:

Given

A rectangular sheet of tin 58 cm x 44 cm is to be made into an open box by cutting off equal squares from the corners and folding up the flaps.

Let a square of x cm from each corner be removed from a rectangular sheet.

So, length of box = (58 – 2x) cm

breadth of box = (44 – 2x) cm

and height of box = x cm

∴ Surface area of open box = 2 (lb + bh + hl)- lb

⇒ 2[(58 – 2x) (44 – 2x) + x (44 – 2x) + x (58 – 2x)]- (58 – 2x)(44 – lx) = 2452

⇒ (58- 2x) (44- 2x) + 2x(44- 2x) + 2x (58 – 2x) = 2452

⇒ (29 – x) (22 – x) + x (22 – x) + x (29 – x) = 613

⇒ 638 – 51x + x2 + 22x – x2 + 29x – x2 = 613

⇒ x2 = 25

⇒ x = 5 cm (x = – 5 is not admissible)

∴ Volume of box = x(58 – 2x) (44- 2x) = 5(58- 10)(44 – 10)

= 5 x 48 x 34 cm3 = 8160 cm3

The volume of box = 8160 cm3

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Rectangular Sheet

Question 5. The radii of two right circular cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their heights are in the ratio 5:4. Calculate the ratio of their curved surface areas and also the ratio of their volumes.

Solution:

Given

The radii of two right circular cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their heights are in the ratio 5:4.

Let the radii of the two cylinders be 2r and 3r respectively and their heights be 5h and 4h.

∴ \(\frac{\text { Curved surface area of 1st cylinder }\left(S_1\right)}{\text { Curved surface area of 2nd cylinder }\left(S_2\right)}=\frac{2 \pi \times 2 r \times 5 h}{2 \pi \times 3 r \times 4 h}\)

i.e., \(\frac{S_1}{S_2}=\frac{5}{6}\) or S1: S2 = 5:6

⇒ \(\frac{\text { Volume of 1st cylinder }\left(V_1\right)}{\text { Volume of 2nd cylinder }\left(V_2\right)}=\frac{\pi \times(2 r)^2 \times 5 h}{\pi \times(3 r)^2 \times 4 h}\)

i.e., \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{5}{9}\) or V1:V2= 5:9

The ratio of their volumes = 5:9

Question 6. The volume and surface area of a solid hemisphere are numerically equal. What is the diameter of the hemisphere?

Solution:

Given

The volume and surface area of a solid hemisphere are numerically equal.

We have,

Volume of hemisphere = Surface area of hemisphere

⇒ \(\frac{2}{3} \pi r^3=3 \pi r^2\) = 2r = 9

Hence, the diameter of the hemisphere = 9 units

Question 7. The curved surface area of a cone of height 8 m is 1 88.4 m2. Find the volume of a cone.

Solution:

Given

The curved surface area of a cone of height 8 m is 1 88.4 m2.

πrl = 188.4

⇒ \(r l=\frac{188.4}{3.14}=60\)

⇒ r2l2 = 3600

⇒ r2(h2 + r2) = 3600

⇒ r2(64 + r2) = 3600

⇒ r4 + 64r2 – 3600 = 0

⇒ (r2+ 100) (r2– 36) = 0

∴ r2 = -100 or r2 = 36

⇒ r = 6 (∵ r2 = -100 is not possible)

∴ Volume of a cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{3} \times 3.14 \times 36 \times 8=301.44 \mathrm{~m}^3\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Curved Surface Of A Cone

Question 8. A conical tent is required to accommodate 157 persons, each person must have 2 m2 of space on the ground and 15 m3 of air to breathe. Find the height of the tent; also calculate the slant height.

Solution:

Given

A conical tent is required to accommodate 157 persons, each person must have 2 m2 of space on the ground and 15 m3 of air to breathe.

1 person needs 2 m2 of space.

∴ 157 persons needs 2 x 157 m space on the ground

∴ r2 = 2 x 157

∴ \(r^2=\frac{2 \times 157}{3.14}=100\) = r = 100

Also, 1 person needs 15 m of air.

∴ 157 persons need 15 x 157 m3 of air.

∴ \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=15 \times 157\)

⇒ \(h=\frac{15 \times 157 \times 3}{3.14 \times 100}=22.5 \mathrm{~m}\)

∴ l2 =h2 + r2 = (22.5)2 + (10)2 = 606.25

∴ \(l=\sqrt{606.25}=24.62 \mathrm{~m}\)

The height of the tent =22.5 m

The slant height= 24.62 m

 

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Conical Tent

Question 9. The radius and height of a solid right circular cone are in the ratio of 5:12. If its volume is 314 cm find its total surface area. [Take π = 3.14]

Solution:

Given

The radius and height of a solid right circular cone are in the ratio of 5:12. If its volume is 314 cm

Let the radius of the cone = 5x

∴ Height of cone = 12r

∴ l2 = (5r)2 + (12x)2 = 169 x2

∴ \(l=\sqrt{169 x^2}=13 x\)

It is given that volume = 314 cm2

∴ \(\frac{1}{3} \pi(5 x)^2(12 x)=314\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3} \times 3.14 \times 25 \times 12 \times x^3=314\)

⇒ \(x^3=\frac{314 \times 3}{3.14 \times 25 \times 12}=1\)

∴ x = 1

∴ Radius r = 5 x 1 = 5 cm

Height h = 1 2 x 1 = 1 2 cm

and slant height l= 13 x I = 13 cm

Now, total surface area of cone = πr(l + r) = 3.14 x 5 (13 + 5) = 3.14 x 5 x 18

= 282.60 cm2

Hence, the total surface area of a cone is 282.60 cm.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Solid Right Circular Cone

Question 10. If h, C, and V respectively are the height, the curved surface area and the volume of a cone. Prove that 3πVh3 – C2h2 + 9V2 = 0.

Solution:

Given

h, C, and V respectively are the height, the curved surface area and the volume of a cone.

⇒ \(C=\pi r l, V=\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h, l^2=h^2+r^2\)

L.H.S. = 3πVh3 – C2h2 + 9V2

= \(3 \pi\left(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\right) h^3-(\pi r l)^2 h^2+9\left(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\right)^2\)

= \(\pi^2 r^2 h^4-\pi^2 r^2 h^2\left(h^2+r^2\right)+9 \times \frac{1}{9} \pi^2 r^4 h^2\)

= π2r2h4 – π2r2h4 – π2r4h2 + π2r4h2 = 0 = R.H.S. Hence Proved.

Question 11. A cone of equal height and equal base is cut off from a cylinder of height 24 cm and base radius 7 cm. Find the total surface and volume of the remaining solid.

Solution:

Given

A cone of equal height and equal base is cut off from a cylinder of height 24 cm and base radius 7 cm.

Here r = 7 cm, h = 24 cm

The volume of remaining solid = Volume of the cylinder – Volume of a cone

= \(\pi r^2 h-\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{2}{3} \pi r^2 h\)

= \(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times 7 \times 24=2464 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Now, l2 = h2 + r2 = (24)2 + (7)2

= 576 + 49 = 625

⇒ l = 25 cm

∴ Total surface area of remaining solid

= Curved surface of cylinder + Curved surface of cone + Area of top

= 2πrh +πrI + πr2

= πr(2h + l + r)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 7(2 \times 24+25+7)=22 \times 80=1760 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Total surface area of remaining solid = 1760 c

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Cone Of Equal Height And Equal Base Is Cut Off From A Cylinder

Question 12: From a wooden cubical block of edge 7 cm, the largest possible right conical piece is cut out whose base is on one of the faces of the cube. Calculate:

  1. The volume of the wood left in the block, and
  2. the total surface area of the block left. (\(\text { Take } \pi=\frac{22}{7}\))

Solution:

Initial volume of the block = a3 = 73 cm3

The base of the largest cone will touch the sides of the base of the cube, and the height will be equal to the length of the edge of the cube.

∴ For the cone, r = 3.5 cm and h = 7 cm.

1. The volume of the cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{\pi}{3} \cdot\left(\frac{7}{2}\right)^2 \cdot 7 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

∴ volume of the wood left = \(\left\{7^3-\frac{1}{3} \cdot \frac{22}{7} \cdot\left(\frac{7}{2}\right)^2 \cdot 7\right\} \mathrm{cm}^3\)

= \(\left(7^3-\frac{11 \times 7^2}{3 \times 2}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3=7^2\left(7-\frac{11}{6}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3\)

= \(\frac{49 \times 31}{6} \mathrm{~cm}^3=\frac{1519}{6} \mathrm{~cm}^3=253 \frac{1}{6} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

2. The total surface area of the wood left

= Total surface area of the cube- Area of the base of the cone + Curved surface area of the cone.

= 6a2 – πr2 + πrl

= \(\left\{6 \times 7^2-\frac{22}{7} \cdot\left(\frac{7}{2}\right)^2+\frac{22}{7} \cdot \frac{7}{2} \cdot \sqrt{7^2+\left(\frac{7}{2}\right)^2}\right\} \mathrm{cm}^2\)

= \(\left(6 \times 49-\frac{11 \times 7}{2}+11 \cdot 7 \cdot \frac{\sqrt{5}}{2}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2=\left\{294+\frac{77}{2}(\sqrt{5}-1)\right\} \mathrm{cm}^2\)

= \(\left(294+\frac{77}{2} \times 1.24\right) \mathrm{cm}^2=341.74 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Wooden Cubical Block

Question 13. A sphere is inscribed in a cylinder such that the sphere touches the cylinder. Show that the curved surface is equal to the curved surface of the cylinder.

Solution:

Given

A sphere is inscribed in a cylinder such that the sphere touches the cylinder.

A cylinder circumscribed a sphere is shown.

Here, the radius of the sphere = radius of the cylinder = r

Height of cylinder h = 2r

Now, the curved surface of the sphere = 4πr2

and the curved surface of sphere of cylinder = 2πrh = 2πr(2r) = 4πr2

Therefore, the curved surface of the sphere and the curved surface of the cylinder are equal.

Hence proved.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Sphere

Question 14. The largest possible cube Is made from a wooden sphere of radius 6√3 cm. Find the surface area of the cube.

Solution:

Given

The largest possible cube Is made from a wooden sphere of radius 6√3 cm

Here, a diagonal of the cube will be the diameter of the sphere

∴ length of a diagonal of the cube = 2 x 6√3 cm = 12√3 cm

If an edge of the cube is a then a diagonal of the cube = √3 a

= 12√3 cm

∴ a = 12 cm.

∴ The surface area of the cube = 6a2 = 6.(12)2 cm2 = 864 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Surface Area Of A Cube

Question 15. A hemisphere is inscribed in a cylinder and a cone is inscribed in the hemisphere. The cone vertex lies in the centre of the upper circular part of the cylinder. Show that: \(\frac{1}{3}\) x Volume of cylinder = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x Volume of hemisphere = Volume of cone

Solution:

Given

A hemisphere is inscribed in a cylinder and a cone is inscribed in the hemisphere. The cone vertex lies in the centre of the upper circular part of the cylinder.

Let radius of cone = radius of cylinder = radius of hemisphere = r

∴ Height of cone = Height of cylinder = r

Now, the volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 \cdot(r)=\frac{1}{3} \pi r^3\) → (1)

Volume of hemisphere = \(\frac{2}{3} \pi r^3\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2}\)x Volume of hemisphere = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^3\) → (2)

and Volume of cylinder = πr2(r) = r3

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}\) x Volume of cylinder = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^3\) → (3)

From equations (1), (2) and (3)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3}\) x Volume of cylinder = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x Volume of hemisphere

= Volume of cone

Hence proved.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Hemisphere

Question 16. Water in a canal, 5.4 m wide and 1.8 m deep is flowing at a speed of 25 km/hr. How much area can it irrigate in 40 minutes, if 10 cm of standing water is required for irrigation?

Solution:

Given

Water in a canal, 5.4 m wide and 1.8 m deep is flowing at a speed of 25 km/hr.

Width of canal = 5.4 m

Height of canal = 1.8 m

In one hour, water is moving upto 25 km = 25000 m

∴ We treat it as the length of the canal.

∴ Volume of water in canal in 1 hour = (25000 x 5.4 x 1.8)m3

⇒ Volume of water in the canal in 40 minutes = 243000 m3

∴ Volume of water in canal in 60 minutes = \(\frac{243000}{60} \times 40 \mathrm{~m}^3\)

= 162000 m3

This water can irrigate a field upto the height of 10 cm = 0. 1 m

∴ Volume = Area = Area x height

⇒ 162000 = Area x 0.1

⇒ Area of field = \(\frac{162000}{0.1} \mathrm{~m}^2=1620000 \mathrm{~m}^2\) (∵Note: 1 Hectare = 1000 m)

= \(\frac{1620000}{10000} \text { hectare }\)

= 162 hectare.

So, 162 hectare area can be irrigated.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Conversion Of Solid Form One Shape To Another And Mixed Problems

When a solid is converted into another without any loss of material then its volume remains the same.

If a larger solid is converted into smaller solids then the number of smaller solids

= \(\frac{\text { Volume of larger solid }}{\text { Volume of } 1 \text { smaller solid }}\)

Conversion Of Solid Form One Shape To Another And Mixed Problems Solved Examples

Question 1. A solid metallic cuboid of dimensions 9 m x 8 m x 2 m is melted and recast into solid cubes of edge 2m. Find the number of cubes so formed.

Solution:

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Solid Metallic Cuboid

Given

A solid metallic cuboid of dimensions 9 m x 8 m x 2 m is melted and recast into solid cubes of edge 2m.

Let x cubes each of edge 2 m are formed to melt a cuboid of dimensions 9 x 8 x 2.

So, \(\text { number of cubes }=\frac{\text { Volume of cuboid }}{\text { Volume of } 1 \text { cube }}\)

∴ \(x=\frac{9 \times 8 \times 2}{2}=72\)

So, 72 cubes will be formed

Question 2. Three cubes of metal whose edges are in the ratio 3:4 are melted down into a single cube whose diagonal is 12√3 cm, Find the edges of the three cubes.

Solution:

Given

Three cubes of metal whose edges are in the ratio 3:4 are melted down into a single cube whose diagonal is 12√3 cm,

The ratio in the edges = 3:4:5

Let edges be 3x, 4x and 5x respectively.

∴ Volumes of three cubes will be 27x3, 64x3 and 125x3 in cm3 respectively.

Now, sum of the volumes of these three cubes = 27x3 + 64x3 + 125 x3 = 216 x3 cm3

Let the edge of the new cube be a cm.

Diagonal of new cube = a√3 cm

a√3 = 12√3

Volume of new cube = (12)3 = 1728 cm3

Now by the given condition

216x3 = 1728

⇒ x3 = 8

⇒ x = 2

∴ \(\left.\begin{array}{rl}
\text { Edge of 1 cube } & =3 \times 2=6 \mathrm{~cm} \\
\text { Edge of 2 cube } & =4 \times 2=8 \mathrm{~cm} \\
\text { Edge of 3 cube } & =5 \times 2=10 \mathrm{~cm}
\end{array}\right\}\).

Question 3. A cube of metal with a 2.5 cm edge is melted and cast into a rectangular solid whose base is 1.25 cm by 0.25 cm. Assuming no loss in melting find the height of the solid. Also, find the gain in the surface area.

Solution:

Given

A cube of metal with a 2.5 cm edge is melted and cast into a rectangular solid whose base is 1.25 cm by 0.25 cm.

The volume of the cube = (edge)3 = (2.5)3 cu. cm

Area of the base of rectangular solid = 1 .25 x 0.25 sq. cm

∴ Height of solid = \(\frac{\text { Volume }}{\text { Area of base }}=\frac{(2.5)^3}{1.25 \times 0.25}=50 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Surface area of the cube = 6 x (edge)2 = 6 x (2.5)2 = 37.5 sq. cm

Surface area of the solid = 2(lb + bh + hl) = 2(50 x 1.25 + 1.25 x 0.25 + 50 x 0.25)

= 2(62.5 + 0.3125 + 12.5) = 150.625 sq. cm

∴ Gain in surface area = 150.625 – 37.50 = 113.125 sq. cm

Question 4. A granary is in the shape of a cuboid of size 8m x 6m x 3m. If a bag of grain occupies a space of 0.65 m3, how many bags can be stored in the granary?

Solution:

Given

A granary is in the shape of a cuboid of size 8m x 6m x 3m. If a bag of grain occupies a space of 0.65 m³

The size of the granary is 8 m x 6 m x 3 m,

Volume of granary = 8 x 6 x 3 = 144m3

The volume of one bag of grain = 0.65 m3

The number of bags which can be stored in the granary

= \(\frac{\text { Volume of granary }}{\text { Volume of each bag }}=\frac{144}{0.65}=221.54 \text { or } 221 \text { bags. }\)

Question 5. A cylinderical bucket 28 cm in diameter and 72 cm high is full of water. The water is emptied into a rectangular tank 66 cm long and 28 cm wide. Find the height of the water level in the tank.

Solution:

Given

A cylinderical bucket 28 cm in diameter and 72 cm high is full of water. The water is emptied into a rectangular tank 66 cm long and 28 cm wide.

Let the height of the water level in the tank = x m,

then according to the problem

πr2h = l x b x x

or \(\frac{22}{7} \times 14 \times 14 \times 72=66 \times 28 \times x\)

or \(x=\frac{\frac{22}{7} \times 14 \times 14 \times 72}{66 \times 28}=24 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Question 6. A rectangular container whose base is a square of side 15 cm stands on a horizontal table and holds water upto 3 cm from the top. When a cube is placed in the water and is completely submerged, the water rises to the top and 54 cm of water overflows. Calculate the volume of the cube and its surface area.

Solution:

Given

A rectangular container whose base is a square of side 15 cm stands on a horizontal table and holds water upto 3 cm from the top. When a cube is placed in the water and is completely submerged, the water rises to the top and 54 cm of water overflows.

Volume of the cube submerged = Volume of water that fills 3 cm height of the container + Volume of water that overflows

= 15 x 15 x 3 + 54 = 729 cm3

If the side of the cube submerged = x cm

Its volume = x3 cm3

∴ x3 = 729 = 9 x 9 x 9

⇒ x = 9 cm.

∴ The side of the cube = 9 cm

And its surface area = 6 x (side) =6 x 9 x 9 = 486 cm2

Question 7. A solid spherical ball of iron with a radius of 6 cm is melted and recast into three solid spherical balls. The radii of the two of balls are 3 cm and 4 cm respectively, determine the diameter of the third ball.

Solution:

Given

A solid spherical ball of iron with a radius of 6 cm is melted and recast into three solid spherical balls. The radii of the two of balls are 3 cm and 4 cm respectively,

Let the radius of the third ball = r cm

∴ The volume of three balls formed = Volume of the ball melted

⇒ \(\frac{4}{3} \pi(3)^3+\frac{4}{3} \pi(4)^3+\frac{4}{3} \pi(r)^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi(6)^3\)

⇒ 27 + 64 + r3 = 216

⇒ r3 = 125, i.e., r = 5 cm

∴ The diameter of the third ball = 2 x 5 cm = 10 cm

Question 8. 50 circular plates each of radius 7 cm and thickness 0.5 cm are placed one above the other to form a solid right circular cylinder. Find

  1. The total surface area and
  2. The volume of the cylinder so formed

Solution:

The height of the cylinder formed by placing 50 plates = 50 x 0.5 = 25 cm

Radius of cylinder formed = Radius of plate = 7 cm

1. Total surface area of cylinder = 2πrh + 2πr2

= \(\left[2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times 25+2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times(7)^2\right] \mathrm{cm}^2\)

= (1100 + 308) cm2 = 1408 cm2

2. Volume of cylinder = \(\pi r^2 h=\frac{22}{7} \times(7)^2 \times 25=3850 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 9. A rectangular paper of 22 cm x 12 cm is folded in two different ways and forms two cylinders.

  1. Find the ratio of the volumes of two cylinders.
  2. Find the difference in the volumes of the two cylinders.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Two Cylinders

Solution:

When the paper is folded along a 12 cm side,

then height of cylinder h1 = 22 cm and 2πr1 = 12

⇒ \(r_1=\frac{12}{2 \pi}=\frac{6}{\pi} \mathrm{cm}\)

∴ Volume = \(V_1=\pi r_1^2 h_1=\pi \times\left(\frac{6}{\pi}\right)^2 \times 22=\frac{792}{\pi}=\frac{792 \times 7}{22}=252 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

When the paper is folded along a 22 cm side,

then height of cylinder h2 = 12 cm and 2πr2 = 22

⇒ \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times r_2=22\)

⇒ \(r_2=\frac{7}{2} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ Volume V2 = r22h2

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times\left(\frac{7}{2}\right)^2 \times 12\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{7}{2} \times \frac{7}{2} \times 12=462 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

  1. Ratio of volumes, V1:V2 = 252 : 462 = 6: 11
  2. Difference in volume = (462 – 252) cm3 = 210 cm3

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids When The Paper Is Folded

Question 10. A semicircle of radius 17.5 cm is rotated about its diameter. Find the curved surface of the generated solid.

Solution:

Given

A semicircle of radius 17.5 cm is rotated about its diameter.

The solid generated by a circle rotated about its diameter is a sphere.

Now, the radius of the sphere r = 17.5 cm.

and its curved surface = \(4 \pi r^2=4 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 17.5 \times 17.5=3850 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 11. A sphere of radius 6 cm is melted and recast into a cone of height 6 cm. Find the radius of the cone.

Solution:

Given

A sphere of radius 6 cm is melted and recast into a cone of height 6 cm.

Radius of sphere = 6 cm

∴ Volume of sphere = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi(6)^3=288 \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

Let the radius of cone = r

Height of cone = 6 cm

∴ Volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 \times 6=2 \pi r^2\)

Given that, Volume of cone = Volume of a sphere

⇒ 2nr2 – 288 7r

⇒ r2= 144

⇒ r = 12

Therefore, the radius of the cone = 12 cm

Question 12. The height and radius of the base of a metallic cone are 27 cm and 16 cm respectively. It is melted and recast into a sphere. Find the radius and curved surface of the sphere.

Solution:

Given

The height and radius of the base of a metallic cone are 27 cm and 16 cm respectively. It is melted and recast into a sphere.

Height of cone h = 27 cm

The radius of cone r = 16 cm

∴ Volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{3} \pi(16)^2 \times 27 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Let the radius of the sphere = R

∴ Volume of sphere = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3\)

Now, Volume of sphere = Volume of cone

⇒ \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3=\frac{1}{3} \pi(16)^2 \times 27\)

⇒ \(R^3=\frac{16^2 \times 27}{4}=4^3 \times 3^3\)

R = 4 x 3 = 12cm

and curved surface of sphere = 4R2 = 4(12)2 = 576 cm2

Question 13. The radius of a metallic sphere is 60 mm. It is melted and recast into a wire of diameter 0.8 mm. Find the length of the wire.

Solution:

Given

The radius of a metallic sphere is 60 mm. It is melted and recast into a wire of diameter 0.8 mm.

Radius of sphere = 60 mm = 6 cm

∴ Volume of sphere = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi(6)^3=288 \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

Let, the length of wire = l cm

Radius of wire \(r=\frac{0.8}{2} \mathrm{~mm}=0.4 \mathrm{~mm}=\frac{0.4}{10} \mathrm{~cm}=\frac{4}{100} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ Volume of wire = \(\pi r^2 l=\pi\left(\frac{4}{100}\right)^2 \cdot l\)

Now, Volume of wire = Volume of a sphere

⇒ \(\pi \times \frac{4}{100} \times \frac{4}{100} \times l=288 \pi\)

⇒ \(l=\frac{288 \times 100 \times 100}{4 \times 4}=180000 \mathrm{~cm}=1800 \mathrm{~m}\)

Question 14. A wire of diameter 3 mm is wound around a cylinder whose height is 1 2 cm and radius 5 cm so as to cover the curved surface of the cylinder completely. Find

  1. Length of the wire.
  2. Mass of the wire, assuming the density of copper to be 8.88 g per cm3.

Solution:

Given

A wire of diameter 3 mm is wound around a cylinder whose height is 1 2 cm and radius 5 cm so as to cover the curved surface of the cylinder completely.

1. Let the wire wounded around the cylinder complete n revolutions.

Diameter (width) of wire = 3 m- 0.3 cm

So, the whole height of the cylinder = 0.3 n cm

But the whole height of the cylinder = 12 cm

∴ \(0.3 n=12 \Rightarrow n=\frac{12}{0.3}=\frac{120}{3}=40\)

So, 40 revolutions are completed to wound the wire completely on the cylinder.

In 1 revolution, the length of the wire = 2 πr

∴ In 40 revolutions, the length of the wire = 40 x 2πr

= \(80 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 5 \mathrm{~cm}=1257.14 \mathrm{~cm}\)

= 12.57 m.

2. Now, radius of wire = \(\frac{0.3}{2}=0.15 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Volume of wire = area of cross section x length of wire

= π(0.15)2 x 1257.14 = 88.898 cm3

∴ Mass of wire = volume x density

= 88.898 x 8.88 g= 789.41 g

Hence, the length of the wire = 12.57 m

and mass of wire = 789.41 g

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Wire Of Diameter

Question 15. A metallic cylinder of diameter 16 cm and height 9 cm is melted and recast into a sphere of diameter 6 cm. How many such spheres can be formed?

Solution:

Given

A metallic cylinder of diameter 16 cm and height 9 cm is melted and recast into a sphere of diameter 6 cm.

For the cylinder,

Radius = \(\frac{16}{2} = 8cm[latex]

Height = 9cm

∴ Volume of cylinder = JI(8)2(9) = 576K cm3

Diameter of sphere = 6 cm

∴ Radius of sphere = [latex]\frac{6}{2}=3 cm\)

Now, volume of one sphere = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi(3)^3=36 \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

∴ Number of spheres formed = \(\frac{\text { Volume of cylinder }}{\text { Volume of one sphere }}=\frac{576 \pi}{36 \pi}=16\)

Question 16. A solid metallic right circular cone of height 6.75 cm and radius of the base 12 cm is melted and two solid spheres formed from it. If the volume of one of the spheres is 8 times that of the other, find the radius of the smaller sphere.

Solution:

Given

A solid metallic right circular cone of height 6.75 cm and radius of the base 12 cm is melted and two solid spheres formed from it. If the volume of one of the spheres is 8 times that of the other

Let the radius of the smaller sphere be r and the radius of the larger sphere be R.

image

So, \(\frac{1}{3} \pi(12)^2 \times 6.75=\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3+\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3\)

⇒ (12)2 x 6.75 = 4(r3 + R3) → (1)

Now, the volume of the larger sphere = 8 x the Volume of the smaller sphere

⇒ \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3=8 \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

R3 = 8r3 = R = 2r → (2)

From equations (1) and (2), we get

12 x 12 x 6.75 = 4(r3 + 8r3)

⇒ \(9 r^3=\frac{12 \times 12 \times 6.75}{4}\)

⇒ \(r^3=\frac{12 \times 12 \times 6.15}{4 \times 9}=27=(3)^3\)

r = 3 cm.

Hence, the radius of a smaller sphere = 3 cm.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Solid Metallic Right Circular Cone

Question 17. Water is flowing at the rate of 3 km an hour through a circular pipe of 20 cm internal diameter into a circular cistern of diameter 10 m and depth 2m. In how much time will the cistern be filled?

Solution:

Given

Water is flowing at the rate of 3 km an hour through a circular pipe of 20 cm internal diameter into a circular cistern of diameter 10 m and depth 2m.

Internal diameter of pipe = 20 cm

∴ Internal radius of pipe = 10 cm = \(\frac{1}{10}m\)

Rate of flow of water = 3 km/h

⇒ Rate of flow of water = \(\frac{3 \times 1000}{60 \times 60} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{sec}\)

Diameter of cistern = 10 m

Radius of cistern = 5 m

Height of cistern = 2 m

Water discharge by pipe in 1 sec

= π x r2 x flow of water

= \(\pi \times\left(\frac{1}{10}\right)^2 \times \frac{3 \times 1000}{60 \times 60} \mathrm{~m}^3 / \mathrm{sec}\)

Volume of cistern = π x 52 x 2 m3

Time taken to fill the cistern = \(\frac{\text { Volume of cistern }}{\text { Volume of water discharge in }1 \mathrm{sec}}\)

= \(\frac{\pi \times 25 \times 2}{\pi \times \frac{1}{100} \times \frac{3 \times 1000}{60 \times 60}} \mathrm{sec}=\frac{25 \times 2 \times 100 \times 60 \times 60}{3 \times 1000} \mathrm{sec}\)

= \(\frac{5 \times 60 \times 60}{3} \sec =\frac{5 \times 60 \times 60}{3 \times 60 \times 60} \text { hours }=\frac{5}{3} \text { hours }\)

Time taken to fill the cistern =\(\frac{5}{3} \text { hours }\)

Question 18. The volume of a sphere is 288 π cm3. 27 small spheres can be formed with this sphere. Find the radius of a small sphere.

Solution:

Given

The volume of a sphere is 288 π cm3. 27 small spheres can be formed with this sphere.

Volume of 27 small spheres = Volume of one big sphere = 288π

Volume of 1 small sphere = \(\frac{288}{27} \pi\)

\(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=\frac{32}{3} \pi\) where r = radius of small sphere

r3 = 8

r = 2 cm

The radius of a small sphere = 2 cm

Question 19. Find:

  1. The lateral or curved surface area of a closed cylindrical petrol storage tank is 4.2 m in diameter and 4.5 m high.
  2. How much steel was actually used, if 1/12 of the steel actually used was wasted in making the tank?

Solution:

1. Curved surface area = \(2 \pi r h=2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times \frac{4.2}{2} \times 4.5=59.4 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

2. Total steel used = Total surface area (Assuming thickness = 0 m)

= 2πr(r + h)

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times \frac{4.2}{2}\left(\frac{4.2}{2}+4.5\right)\)

= \(\frac{44}{7} \times 2.1 \times \frac{13.2}{2}=22 \times 0.3 \times 13.2=87.12 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Let the actual steel used be x m2

= \(\frac{11}{12} x=87.12\)

= \(x=\frac{87.12 \times 12}{11}=95.04 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Question 20. In one fortnight (15 days) of a given month, there was a rainfall of 11.10 cm in a river valley. If the area of the valley is 97280 km2, show that the total rainfall of a day was approximately equivalent to the addition (sum) to the normal water of three rivers earth 1072 km long, 7.5 m wide and 3m deep. (Round off the volumes upto one place of decimal).

Solution:

Given

In one fortnight (15 days) of a given month, there was a rainfall of 11.10 cm in a river valley. If the area of the valley is 97280 km2

Area of the valley = 97280 km2 = 9.728 x 104 km2

= 9.728 x 1010 m2

∴ Volume (amount) of rainfall in the valley in one fortnight (15 days)

= \(9.728 \times 10^{10} \times \frac{11.10}{100} \mathrm{~m}^3=107.98 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m}^3\)

∴ Amount of rainfall in 1 day = \(\frac{107.98 \times 10^8}{15} \mathrm{~m}^3\)

= 7.198 x 108 m3 = 7.2 x 108m3 → (1)

Now, length of each river = 1072 km = 1072000 m

breadth of each river = 75 m

and depth of each river = 3 m

∴ Amount (volume) of water in each river = 1072000 x 75 x 3 m3

∴ Volume of water in 3 such rivers = 3 x 1.072 x 106 x 75 x 3 m3

= 7.236 x 108 m3 = 7.2 x 108 m3 → (2)

From (1 ) and (2), we can say that total rainfall in a day is approximately the same as the volume of 3 rivers.

Question 21. The dimensions of a solid iron cuboid are 4.4 m x 2.6 m x 1.0 m. It is melted and recast into a hollow cylindrical pipe of 30 cm inner radius and thickness of 5 cm. Find the length of the pipe.

Answer:

Given

The dimensions of a solid iron cuboid are 4.4 m x 2.6 m x 1.0 m. It is melted and recast into a hollow cylindrical pipe of 30 cm inner radius and thickness of 5 cm.

Length of solid iron cuboid = 4.4 m

Breadth of solid iron cuboid = 2.6 m

Height of solid iron cuboid = 1.0 m

∴ Volume of solid cuboid = 4.4 x 2.6 x 1 = 11.44 m3

= 11.44 x 100 x 100 x 100 cm3

This cuboid is melted and recast into a hollow cylinder.

∴ The volume of a cuboid = Volume of a hollow cylinder

⇒ 11.44 x 106 = πR2h – πr2h

⇒ 11.44 x 106 = πh(R2– r2) [∵ r = 30 cm, width = 5 cm, R = 35 cm]

⇒ \(11.44 \times 10^6=\frac{22}{7} \times h(R-r)(R+r)\)

⇒ 11 .44 x 106 x 7 = 22 x h (35 – 30) (35 + 30)

⇒ \(h=\frac{11.44 \times 10^6 \times 7}{22 \times 5 \times 65} \mathrm{~cm}=\frac{11440000 \times 7}{22 \times 5 \times 65} \mathrm{~cm}\)

= 11200 cm = 112 m

Hence, the length of the pipe = 112 m

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids The Dimension Of A Solid Iron Cubiod

Question 22. A tank measures 2 m long, 1.6 m wide and 1 m depth. Water is there upto 0.4 m in height. Brides measuring 25 cm x 14 cm x 10 cm are put into the tank so that water may come upto the top. Each brick absorbs water equal \(\frac{1}{7} \text { th }\) to that of its own volume. How many bricks will be needed?

Solution:

Let x bricks be needed

∴ Volume of x bricks = x X 0.25 X 0.1 4 X 0.1 m3

The volume of water absorbed by bricks

= \(=\frac{1}{7} x \times 0.25 \times 0.14 \times 0.1\)

∴ Remaining water in the tank = \(2 \times 1.6 \times 0.4-\frac{1}{7} \times x \times 0.25 \times 0.14 \times 0.1\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Tanl

Now, the Volume of water in the tank + Volume of x bricks

= Volume of tank

⇒ \(\left(2 \times 1.6 \times 0.4-\frac{x}{7} \times 0.25 \times 0.14 \times 0.1\right)+x \times 0.25 \times 0.14 \times 0.1\) = 2 x 1.6 x 1

⇒ \(\frac{6 x}{7} \times 0.25 \times 0.14 \times 0.1=2 \times 1.6 \times 0.6\)

⇒ \(x=\frac{2 \times 1.6 \times 0.6 \times 7}{6 \times 0.25 \times 0.14 \times 0.1}=\frac{2 \times 16 \times 6 \times 7 \times 1000}{6 \times 25 \times 14 \times 1}=640\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Brick

Question 23. A metallic solid sphere of radius 10.5 cm is melted and recast into smaller solid cones, each of radius 3.5 cm and height 3 cm. How many cones will be made?

Solution:

Given

A metallic solid sphere of radius 10.5 cm is melted and recast into smaller solid cones, each of radius 3.5 cm and height 3 cm.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Metallic Solid Sphere

Let n cones be recast from the sphere.

∴ The sum of volumes of n cones = volume of a sphere

⇒ \(n\left[\frac{1}{3} \pi(3.5)^2 \times 3\right]=\frac{4}{3} \pi(10.5)^3\)

⇒ \(n=\frac{4 \times 10.5 \times 10.5 \times 10.5}{3.5 \times 3.5 \times 3}=126\)

Hence, 126 cones will be made.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Frustum Of A Right Circular Cone

Frustum: If a right circular cone is cut by a plane parallel to the base of the cone then the portion between the plane and base is called the frustum of the cone.

How To Find The Volume And Surface Area Of A Bucket

Let a bucket of height h and radii of upper and lower ends be r1 and r2 respectively.

Now we shall find three parts:

  1. The slant is the height of the bucket.
  2. Curved surface area and total surface area of the bucket.
  3. The volume of the bucket or capacity in litres.

Proof :

1. Let the slant height of the bucket be l

Now, draw DC ⊥ AB

l2=h2 + (r1 – r2)2

⇒ \(l=\sqrt{h^2+\left(r_1-r_2\right)^2}\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Alant Height Of A Bucket

2. Let EO = H and DO = L

ΔABO ~ ΔDEO

∴ \(\frac{A B}{D E}=\frac{B O}{E O}=\frac{A O}{D O}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{h+H}{H}=\frac{l+L}{L}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{h+H}{H} \quad \text { and } \quad \frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{l+L}{L}\)

⇒ Hr1 = hr2 + Hr2 and Lr1 = lr2 + Lr2

⇒ H(r1– r2) = hr2 ⇒ L(r1 – r2) = lr2

⇒ \(H=\frac{h r_2}{r_1-r_2} \quad \text { and } \quad L=\frac{l r_2}{r_1-r_2}\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Total And Curved Surfaces Of Bucket

Curved surface area of bucket = C.S.A of larger cone- C.S.A of smaller cone

= \(\pi r_1(L+l)-\pi r_2 L=\pi r_1\left[\frac{l r_2}{r_1-r_2}+l\right]-\pi r_2\left(\frac{l r_2}{r_1-r_2}\right)\)

= \(\pi r_1 l\left(\frac{r_2+r_1-r_2}{r_1-r_2}\right)-\frac{\pi r_2^2 l}{r_1-r_2}\)

= \(\frac{\pi l}{r_1-r_2}\left(r_1^2-r_2^2\right)=\frac{\pi l\left(r_1+r_2\right)\left(r_1-r_2\right)}{\left(r_1-r_2\right)}\)

= \(\pi l\left(r_1+r_2\right) \text { where } l=\sqrt{h^2+\left(r_1-r_2\right)^2}\)

Total surface area = C.S.A. of bucket + Area of the smaller circle

= πl(r1 + r2) + πr22

3. Volume of bucket = Volume of larger cone – Volume of smaller cone

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi l_l\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2(H+h)-\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 \cdot H\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2\left[\frac{h r_2}{r_1-r_2}+h\right]-\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2\left(\frac{h r_2}{r_1-r_2}\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2 h\left(\frac{r_2+r_1-r_2}{r_1-r_2}\right)-\frac{1}{3} \frac{\pi h r_2^3}{r_1-r_2}\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \frac{\pi h}{r_1-r_2}\left(r_1^3-r_2^3\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \frac{\pi h}{r_1-r_2}\left(r_1-r_2\right)\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi h\left(r_1^2+r_2^2+r_1 r_2\right)\)

Note: Actually, the bucket is a frustum cone made of cutting the bucket by a plane parallel to the base.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Frustum Of A Right Circular Cone Solved Examples

Question 1. A cone is divided into two parts by drawing a plane through the mid-point of its axis, parallel to its base, Compare the volume of the two parts.

Solution:

Given

A cone is divided into two parts by drawing a plane through the mid-point of its axis, parallel to its base

We can solve this using similarity.

Let r and li be the radius and height of a cone OAB

Let OE = \(\frac{h}{2}\)

As OED and OFB are similar

∴ \(\frac{O E}{O F}=\frac{E D}{F B} \frac{h / 2}{h}=\frac{E D}{r}\)

⇒ \(E D=\frac{r}{2}\)

Now volume of cone OCD = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{3} \times \pi \times\left(\frac{r}{2}\right)^2 \times \frac{h}{2}=\frac{\pi r^2 h}{24}\)

and Volume of cone OAB = \(\frac{1}{3} \times \pi \times r^2 \times h=\frac{\pi r^2 h}{3}\)

∴ \(\frac{\text { Volume of part } O C D}{\text { Volume of part } C D A B}=\frac{\frac{\pi r^2 h}{24}}{\frac{\pi r^2 h}{3}-\frac{\pi r^2 h}{24}}=\frac{\frac{1}{24}}{\frac{1}{3}-\frac{1}{24}}=\frac{\frac{1}{24}}{\frac{8-1}{24}}=\frac{1}{7}\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Cone Is Divided Into Two Parts Of Volume

Question 2. The height of a right circular cone is trisected by two planes drawn parallel to the base. Show that the ratio of volumes of the three portions starting from the top is in the ratio 1:7:19.

Solution:

Given

The height of a right circular cone is trisected by two planes drawn parallel to the base.

Since height is trisected, therefore by basic proportionality theorem, base radii of three cones VCD, VA’B’ and VAB are also in the ratio 1: 2 : 3.

( ∵ VL : VM : VN = r2 : r1 : r = 1:2:3)

Let volume of cone VCD = V = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2{ }^2 h\)

∴ Volume of cone VA’B’ = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2(2 h)=\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(2 r_2\right)^2(2 h)=8 \times \frac{1}{3} \pi r_2{ }^2 h=8 V\)

and volume of cone VAB = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2(3 h)=\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(3 r_2\right)^2(3 h)=27 \times \frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h=27 \mathrm{~V}\)

∴ Ratio of volumes of 3 portions

= Volume(VCD) : Volume(CD£’A’) : Volume(A’B’BA)

= V: 8V – V: 27V – 8V = 1: 7: 19

Hence Proved.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Height Of A Right Circular Cone

Question 3. The radii of the faces of a frustum of a cone are 3 cm and 4 cm and its height is 5cm. Find its volume.

Solution:

Given

The radii of the faces of a frustum of a cone are 3 cm and 4 cm and its height is 5cm.

Here r = 3 cm, R = 4 cm and h = 5 cm

Volume of frustum of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi l\left(R^2+r^2+R r\right) \text { cu. units }\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 5\left(4^2+3^2+4 \times 3\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{110}{7}(16+9+12)\)

= \(\frac{110}{21} \times 37=\frac{4070}{21} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Volume of frustum of cone =\(\frac{4070}{21} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Faces Of A Frustum Of A Cone

Question 4. The height of a cone is 30 cm. A small cone is cut off at the top by a plane parallel to the base. If its volume is \(\frac{1}{27}\) of the volume of the given cone, at what height above the base, the section has been made?

Solution:

Given

The height of a cone is 30 cm. A small cone is cut off at the top by a plane parallel to the base. If its volume is \(\frac{1}{27}\) of the volume of the given cone

Let OA – h ⇒ AB = 30- h

and let AC = r, BD = R

ΔOAC ~ ΔOBD,

∴ \(\frac{h}{30}=\frac{r}{R} \Rightarrow r=\frac{h R}{30}\)

Now, Volume of smaller cone = \(\frac{1}{27}\) x Volume of larger cone

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{27} \times \frac{1}{3} \pi R^2 \times 30\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(\frac{h R}{30}\right)^2 \cdot h=\frac{1}{27} \times \frac{1}{3} \pi R^2 \times 30\)

⇒ \(\frac{h^3}{30^2}=\frac{30}{27} \Rightarrow h^3=\frac{30^3}{3^3} \Rightarrow h=10\)

∴ Reqired height = 30 – 10 = 20 cm.

1 kl = 1 m3

1000 l = 100 x 100 x 100 cm3

1 litre = 1000 cm3

= \(1 \mathrm{~cm}^3=\frac{1}{1000} \text { litre }\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Small Cone Is Cut Off At The Top By A Plane Parallel To Base

Question 5. The radii of the ends of a bucket 30 cm high are 21 cm and 7 cm. Find its capacity in litres and the amount of sheets required to make this bucket. (\(\text { Take } \pi=\frac{22}{7}\))

Solution:

Given

The radii of the ends of a bucket 30 cm high are 21 cm and 7 cm.

Although we can solve this problem by using similar triangles, here we are using the direct formula.

Volume of bucket = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi h\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 30\left(21^2+21 \times 7+7^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 30 \times 637=20020 \mathrm{~cm}^3=\frac{20020}{1000} \text { lit. }\)

⇒ Capacity = 20.02 lit

Area of sheet = C.S.A. of bucket + Area of base

= πl(r1 + r2) + r22 = π[l(r1 + r2) + r22 (∵ \(l=\sqrt{h^2+\left(n_1-r_2\right)^2}\) = \(\sqrt{900+14^2}\) = \(\sqrt{1096}\) = 33.106)

= \(\frac{22}{7}[33.106(28)+49]\)

= 3067.32 = 3067cm2 (approx.)

Area of sheet = 3067cm2 (approx.)

Question 6. A bucket is 32 cm in diameter at the top and 20 cm in diameter at the bottom. Find the capacity of the bucket in litres if it is 21 cm deep. Also, find the cost of the tin sheet used in making the bucket at the rate of ₹ 1.50 per sq dm.

Solution:

Given

A bucket is 32 cm in diameter at the top and 20 cm in diameter at the bottom.

Here R = 16 cm, r = 10 cm and h = 21 cm

Volume of frustum of a cone = \(\frac{\pi h}{3}\left(R^2+r^2+R r\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{1}{3} \times 21\left(16^2+10^2+16 \times 10\right)\)

= 22(256 + 100 + 160)

= 22 x 516 = 11352cm3

= \(\frac{11352}{1000} \text { litres }=11.352 \text { litres }\)

Now for slant height l of frustum

l2 = h2 + (R-r)2

l2 = 212 + (16 – 10)2

l2 = 441 + 36

l2 = 477

∴ \(l=\sqrt{477}=21.84 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Now S.A of bucket = πl(R + r) + πr2

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 21.84 \times(16+10)+\frac{22}{7} \times 10^2\)

= \(\frac{22}{7}(21.84 \times 26+100)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 667.84=2098.92 \mathrm{~cm}^2=20.99 \mathrm{dm}^2\)

Cost of sheet @ ₹ 1 .50 per sq. dm. = 20.99 x 1.50 = ₹ 31.49

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Bucket Of A Diameter

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Exercise 13.1

Question 1. 2 cubes each of volume 64 cm3 are joined end to end. Find the surface area of the resulting cuboid.

Solution:

Given,

volume of cube = 64 cm3

(side)3 = 64

(side)3 = 43

side = 4 cm

Side of cube = 4 cm

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Cubes

A cuboid is formed by joining two cubes together as shown.

∴ For cuboid

length l = 4 + 4 = 8 cm

height h = 4 cm

Now, the total surface area of a cuboid

= 2(l.b + b.h + l.h)

= 2 (8 x 4 + 4 x 4 + 8 x 4)

= 2 (32 + 16 + 32) = 160 cm2

The surface area of the resulting cuboid = 160 cm2

Question 2. A vessel is in the form of a hollow hemisphere mounted by a hollow cylinder. The diameter of the hemisphere is 14 cm and the total height of the vessel is 13 cm. Find the inner surface area of the vessel.

Solution:

Given

A vessel is in the form of a hollow hemisphere mounted by a hollow cylinder. The diameter of the hemisphere is 14 cm and the total height of the vessel is 13 cm.

In the adjoining figure, a cylinder is surmounted on the hemisphere.

Diameter of hemisphere 2r = 14 cm

⇒ Radius of hemisphere r = 7 cm

The radius of cylinder r = 1 cm

Now, the total height of the vessel = 13 cm

⇒ h + r = 13 cm

⇒ h = 13 – 7 = 6 cm

Height of cylinder, h = 6 cm

The inner surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh

Inner curved surface area of hemisphere = 2πr2

Inner surface area of vessel = 2πrh + 2πr2

= 2πr(h + r)

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times(6+7)\)

= 44 x 13 = 572 cm2

The inner surface area of the vessel = 572 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Vessel Is In The Form Of A Hollow Hemisphere

Question 3. A toy is in the form of a cone of radius 3.5 cm mounted on a hemisphere of the same radius. The total height of the toy is 15.5 cm. Find the total surface area of the toy.

Solution:

Given

A toy is in the form of a cone of radius 3.5 cm mounted on a hemisphere of the same radius. The total height of the toy is 15.5 cm.

In the adjoining figure, a cone of the same cross-section is surmounted on the hemisphere.

The radius of base of cone r = 3.5 cm

⇒ Radius of hemisphere r = 3.5 cm

Total height of toy = 15.5 cm

⇒ h + r = 15.5

⇒ h = 15.5 – 3.5 = 12 cm

∴ Height of cone h = 12 cm

Now, from l2 = h2 + r2

l2 = (12)2 + (3.5)2

= 144 + 12.25

= 156.25

⇒ \(l=\sqrt{156.25}=12.5 \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ The curved surface area of the cone = πrl

and curved surface area of hemisphere = 2πr2

So, the total surface area of the toy = πrl + 2πr2

= πr (l + 2r)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 3.5 \times(12.5+2 \times 3.5)\)

= 11 x 19.5 = 214.5cm2

The total surface area of the toy = 214.5cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Total Surface Of Area Of The Toy

Question 4. A cubical block of side 7 cm is surmounted by a hemisphere. What is the greatest diameter the hemisphere can have? Find the surface area of the solid.

Solution:

Given

A cubical block of side 7 cm is surmounted by a hemisphere.

The base of the hemisphere is on the upper face of a cube of edge 7 cm,

∴ Maximum diameter of hemisphere = edge of the cube

= 7 cm

⇒ 2r = 7 ⇒ \(r=\frac{7}{2} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Now, the total surface area of the solid

= total surface area of cube + curved surface of the hemisphere – an area of the base of the hemisphere

= 6 x (side)2 + 2πr2– πr2

= 6 x (side)2 + πr2

= \(=6 \times 7 \times 7+\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{7}{2} \times \frac{7}{2}\)

= 294 + 38.5 = 332.5 cm2

The total surface area of the solid = 332.5 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Cubical Block

Question 5. A hemispherical depression is cut out from one face of a cubical wooden block such that the diameter l of the hemisphere is equal to the edge of the cube. Determine the surface area of the remaining solid.

Solution:

Given

A hemispherical depression is cut out from one face of a cubical wooden block such that the diameter l of the hemisphere is equal to the edge of the cube.

Let the side of the cube = a

Diameter of hemisphere = side of the cube

⇒ 2r = a = \(r=\frac{a}{2}\)

Now, the surface area of remaining solid = total surface of the hemisphere – an area of the base of the hemisphere

= 6a2 + 2πr2– πr2

= 6a2 + πr2

= \(6 a^2+\pi\left(\frac{a}{2}\right)^2=\frac{24 a^2+\pi a^2}{4}\)

= \(\frac{a^2(24+\pi)}{4} \text { square units }\)

The surface area of the remaining solid = \(\frac{a^2(24+\pi)}{4} \text { square units }\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Cubical Wooden Block

Question 6. A medicine capsule is in the shape of a cylinder with two hemispheres stuck to each of its ends. The length of the entire capsule is 14 mm and the diameter of the capsule is 5 mm. Find its surface area.

Solution:

Given

A medicine capsule is in the shape of a cylinder with two hemispheres stuck to each of its ends. The length of the entire capsule is 14 mm and the diameter of the capsule is 5 mm

Diameter of capsule = 5 mm

2r = 5 mm

r = 2.5 mm

∴ The radius of the cylindrical part = radius of the hemisphere = 2.5 mm

Length of capsule = 14 mm

⇒ h + 2r = 14 mm

⇒ h = 14 – 2r = 14 – 5 = 9 mm

Now the surface area of the capsule = 2 x curved surface of hemisphere + curved surface of the cylinder

= 2 x 2πr2 + 2πrh = 2πr (2r + h)

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 2.5 \times(5+9)\)

= \(\frac{110}{7} \times 14=220 \mathrm{~mm}^2\)

The surface area of the capsule = 220 m

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Medicine Capsule

Question 7. A tent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a conical top. If the height and diameter of the cylindrical part are 2.1 m and 4 m respectively, and the slant height of the top is 2.8 m, find the area of the canvas used for making the tent. Also, find the cost of the canvas of the tent at the rate of ₹ 500 per m2.

Solution:

Given

A tent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a conical top. If the height and diameter of the cylindrical part are 2.1 m and 4 m respectively, and the slant height of the top is 2.8 m,

In the adjoining, a tent is shown in which a cone is surmounted by a cylinder.

Diameter of cylindrical part 2r = 2. 1 m

⇒ \(r=\frac{2.1}{2} \mathrm{~m}\)

Height of cylindrical part h = 4 m

Radius of conical part \(r=\frac{2.1}{2} \mathrm{~m}\)

The slant height of conical part l = 2.8 m

Now, the area of canvas required to form a tent = curved surface of the cylindrical part + curved surface of the conical part

= 2πrh + πrl

= πr (2h + l)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{2.1}{2} \times(2 \times 4+2.8)\)

= 3.3 x 10.8 = 35.64 m2

the area of canvas required to form a tent

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Tent Is In The Shape Of A Cylinder

Question 8. From a solid cylinder whose height is 2.4 cm and diameter is 1.4 cm, a conical cavity of the same height and same diameter is hollowed out. Find the total surface area of the remaining solid to the nearest cm2.

Solution:

Diameter of cylinder 2r = 1.4 cm

⇒ r = 0.7 cm

∴ The radius of the cylinder = radius of the cone = r = 0.7 cm

Height of cylinder = height of cone = h = 2.4 cm

If the slant height of the cone is l, then

l2 = h2 + r2= (2.4)2 + (0.7)2

= 5.76 + 0.49 = 6.25

⇒ \(l=\sqrt{6.25}=2.5 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Surface area of remaining solid

= area of base of cylinder + curved surface of cylinder + curved surface of cone

= πr2 + 2πrh + πrl

= πr (r + 2h + l)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 0.7 \times(0.7+2 \times 2.4+2.5)\)

= 2.2 x 8 = 17.6 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Solid Cylinder

Question 9. A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere from each end of a solid cylinder, as shown. If the height of the cylinder is 10 cm, and its base is of radius 3.5 cm, find the total surface area of the article.

Solution:

The total surface area of the article

= curved surface of cylinder + 2 x curved surface of a hemisphere

= 2πrh + 2 x 2πr2

= 2πr (h+2r)

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 3.5 \times(10+2 \times 3.5)\)

= 22 x 17 = 374 cm2

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Wooden Article

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Exercise 13.2

Question 1. A solid is in the shape of a cone standing on a hemisphere with both their radii being equal to 1 cm and the height of the cone is equal to its radius. Find the volume of the solid in terms of π.

Solution:

Radius of hemisphere = radius of cone = r = 1 cm

Height of cone h = radius of cone = 1 cm

Volume of hemisphere = \(\frac{2}{3} \pi r^3\)

Volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\)

∴ The volume of solid = volume of hemisphere + volume of a cone

= \(\frac{2}{3} \pi r^3+\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\)

= \(\frac{2}{3} \pi(1)^3+\frac{1}{3} \pi(1)^2(1)\)

= \(\frac{2}{3} \pi+\frac{1}{3} \pi=\pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

Question 2. Rachel, an engineering student, was asked to make a model shaped like a cylinder with two cones attached at its two ends by using a thin aluminium sheet. The diameter of the model is 3 cm and its length is 12 cm. If each cone has a height of 2 cm, find the volume of air contained in the model that Rachel made. (Assume the outer and inner dimensions of the model to be nearly the same.)

Solution:

The model is shown in the given below.

Diameter 2r = 3 cm

⇒ \(r=\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Height of each cone h = 2 cm

Let the height of the cylinder = H

∴ H + h + h = 12 cm

⇒ H + 2 + 2 = 12

⇒ H = 12 – 4 = 8 cm

The volume of model = volume of cylinder + 2 x volume of a cone

= \(\pi r^2 H+2 \times \frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\)

= \(\pi r^2\left(H+\frac{2 h}{3}\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{3}{2} \times \frac{3}{2} \times\left(8+\frac{2 \times 2}{3}\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{3}{2} \times \frac{3}{2} \times \frac{28}{3}=66 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Air contained in model = 66 cm3

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Cylinder With Two Cones

Question 3. A gulab jamun contains sugar syrup up to about 30% of its volume. Find approximately how much syrup would be found in 45 gulab jamuns, each shaped like a cylinder with two hemispherical ends with a length of 5 cm and a diameter of 2.8 cm.

Solution:

For one gulab jamun,

Diameter 2r = 2.8 cm

⇒ r = 1.4 cm

Height of cylindrical part h = 5 – r – r

= 5-1.4 – 1.4 = 2.2 cm

Volume of one gulab jamun

= volume of cylindrical part + 2 x volume of hemispherical part

= \(\pi r^2 h+2 \times \frac{2}{3} \pi r^3\)

= \(\pi r^2\left(h+\frac{4 r}{3}\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 1.4 \times 1.4 \times\left(2.2+\frac{4 \times 1.4}{3}\right)\)

= 25.051 cm3

⇒ Volume of 45 gulab jamuns = 45 x 25.051

= 1127.295 cm3

Volume of sugar syrup in 45 gulab jamuns

= 30% of 1127.295

= \(1127.295 \times \frac{30}{100} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= 338.1885 cm3 ≈ 338 cm3

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Gulab Jamun

Question 4. A pen stand made of wood is in the shape of a cuboid with four conical depressions to hold pens. The dimensions of the cuboid are 15 cm by 10 cm by 3.5 cm. The radius of each of the depressions is 0.5 cm and the depth is 1.4 cm. Find the volume of wood in the entire stand.

Solution:

Volume of cuboid = 15 x 10 x 3.5 cm3

= 525 cm3

For conical depression

r = 0.5 cm and h = 1.4 cm

∴ The volume of one cavity

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 0.5 \times 0.5 \times 1.4\)

= \(\frac{1.1}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

⇒ Volume of four depression= \(4 \times \frac{1.1}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= 1.467 cm3

Now, the volume of wood used in the pen stand

= volume of cuboid – volume of four depression

= (525 – 1 .467) cm3 = 523.533 cm3

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids The Shape Of A Cuboid With Four Conical

Question 5. A vessel is in the form of an inverted cone. Its height is 8 cm and the radius of its top, which is open, is 5 cm. It is filled with water up to the brim. When lead shots, each of which is a sphere of radius 0.5 cm are dropped into the vessel, one-fourth of the water flows out. Find the number of lead shots dropped in the vessel.

Solution:

The radius of cone r = 5 cm

and height h = 8 cm

⇒ Volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h\)

The volume of water filled in the cone

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2 h=\frac{1}{3} \pi \times(5)^2 \times 8\)

= \(\frac{200}{3} \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

The volume of water flows out on dropping lead shots in it.

= \(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{200 \pi}{3}=\frac{50 \pi}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

The radius of shot R = 0.5 cm

Volume of one lead shot = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi(0.5)^3 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= \(\frac{\pi}{6} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Now, number of shots

= \(\frac{\text { volume of water flows out }}{\text { volume of one shot }}\)

= \(\frac{50 \pi / 3}{\pi / 6}=\frac{50 \pi}{3} \times \frac{6}{\pi}=100\)

Question 6. A solid iron pole consists of a cylinder of height 220 cm and base diameter 24 cm, which is surmounted by another cylinder of height 60 cm and radius 8 cm. Find the mass of the pole, given that 1 cm3 of iron has approximately 8g mass. (Use π = 3.14)

Solution:

For the first cylinder,

Diameter 2r = 24 cm

⇒ r = 12 cm

Height h = 220 cm

∴ Volume = πr2h = π x 12 x 12 x 220 cm3

= 31680 π cm3

For the second cylinder,

Radius R = 8 cm

Height H = 60 cm

Volume = πr2H = π x 8 x 8 x 60

= 3840π cm3

Volume of the pole = (31680π + 3840π) cm3

= 35520π cm3

∴ Weight of pole = 35520π x 8 g

= 35520 x 3.14 x 8 g

= 892262.4 g = 892.2624 kg

= 892.26 kg

Question 7. A solid consisting of a right circular cone of height 120 cm and radius 60 cm standing on a hemisphere of radius 60 cm is placed upright in a right circular cylinder full of water such that it touches the bottom. Find the volume of water left in the cylinder, if the radius of the cylinder is 60 cm and its height is 180 cm.

Solution:

The radius of cylinder r = 60 cm and

height h = 1 80 cm

∴ Volume of cylinder = πr2h

= π x 60 x 60 x 180 cm3

= 648000π cm3

The radius of cone R = 60 cm

and height H = 120 cm

∴ Volume of cone = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi R^2 H\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi \times 60 \times 60 \times 120 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= 144000 cm3

The volume of solid formed from the cone and hemisphere

= (144000π + 144000π) cm3

= 288000π cm3

⇒ Volume of water displaced by this solid

= 288000π cm3

∴ The volume of the remaining water in a cylinder

= (648000π – 288000π) cm3

= 360000π cm3

= \(360000 \times \frac{22}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= \(1131428.57 \mathrm{~cm}^3=\frac{1131428.57}{1000000} \mathrm{~m}^3\)

= 1.131 m3 (approx.)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Radius Of Cylinder

Question 8. A spherical glass vessel has a cylindrical neck 8 cm long, and 2 cm in diameter; the diameter of the spherical part is 8.5 cm. By measuring the amount of water it holds, a child finds its volume to be 345 cm3. Check whether she is correct, taking the above as the inside measurements, and π = 3.14.

Solution:

Radius of cylindrical part \(r=\frac{2}{2}=1 \mathrm{~cm}\)

and height h = 8 cm

∴ The volume of the cylindrical part = nr2h

= π(1)2(8) = 8πcm3

Radius of spherical part, \(R=\frac{8.5}{2}=\frac{17}{4} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ The volume of the spherical part,

= \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3=\frac{4 \pi}{3} \times \frac{17}{4} \times \frac{17}{4} \times \frac{17}{4} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= \(\frac{4913}{48} \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

∴ Volume of cylinder = \(\left(8 \pi+\frac{4913 \pi}{48}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3\)

= \(\frac{384 \pi+4913 \pi}{48} \mathrm{~cm}^3[/latex

= [latex]\frac{5297 \pi}{48} \mathrm{~cm}^3=\frac{5297}{48} \times 3.14 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= 346.51 cm3

So the answer 345 cm3 of a child is not correct.

∴ Correct volume of cylinder = 346.51 cm3

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Spherical Glass Vessel

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Exercise 13.3

Question 1. A metallic sphere of radius 4.2 cm is melted and recast into the shape of a cylinder of radius 6 cm. Find the height of the cylinder.

Solution:

Given

A metallic sphere of radius 4.2 cm is melted and recast into the shape of a cylinder of radius 6 cm.

The radius of sphere R = 4.2 cm

The radius of cylinder r = 6 cm

Let the height of the cylinder = h

Now, the volume of the cylinder = volume of a sphere

⇒ \(\pi r^2 h=\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3\)

⇒ \(h=\frac{4 R^3}{3 r^2}=\frac{4 \times 4.2 \times 4.2 \times 4.2}{3 \times 6 \times 6} \mathrm{~cm}\)

= 2.744 cm

∴ Height of cylinder = 27.44 cm

Question 2. Metallic spheres of radii 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm, respectively, are melted to form a single solid sphere. Find the radius of the resulting sphere.

Solution:

Given

Metallic spheres of radii 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm, respectively, are melted to form a single solid sphere.

Let r1 = 6 cm, r2 = 8 cm and r3 = 10 cm

Let the radius of a bigger solid sphere = R

The volume of a bigger solid volume

= sum of volumes of three given spheres

⇒ \(\frac{4}{3} \pi R^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi r_1^3+\frac{4}{3} \pi r_2^3+\frac{4}{3} \pi r_3^3\)

⇒ \(R^3=r_1^3+r_2^3+r_3^3\)

= 63 + 83+ 102

= 216 + 512 + 1000 = 1728 = 122

⇒ R = 12 cm

∴ The radius of the new solid sphere = 12 cm

Question 3. A 20 m deep well with a diameter of 7 m is dug and the earth from digging is evenly spread out to form a platform 22 m by 14 m. Find the height of the platform.

Solution:

Given

A 20 m deep well with a diameter of 7 m is dug and the earth from digging is evenly spread out to form a platform 22 m by 14 m.

Radius of well, \(r=\frac{7}{2} m\)

and depth h = 20 m

Let the height of the platform be H metre.

∴ The volume of the platform = the volume of the well.

⇒ 22 x 14 x H = πr2h

⇒ \(22 \times 14 \times H=\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{7}{2} \times \frac{7}{2} \times 20\)

⇒ \(H=\frac{22 \times 7 \times 7 \times 20}{7 \times 2 \times 2 \times 22 \times 14}=2.5 \mathrm{~m}\)

∴ Height of platform = 2.5 m

Question 4. A well of diameter 3 m is dug 14 m deep. The earth taken out of it has been spread evenly all around it in the shape of a circular ring of width 4 m to form an embankment. Find the height of the embankment.

Solution:

Given

A well of diameter 3 m is dug 14 m deep. The earth taken out of it has been spread evenly all around it in the shape of a circular ring of width 4 m to form an embankment.

Diameter of well 2r = 3 m

⇒ \(r=\frac{3}{2}=1.5 \mathrm{~m}\)

and depth h = 14 m

∴ The volume of earth taken out from the well = nr2h

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 1.5 \times 1.5 \times 14=99 \mathrm{~m}^3\)

Now, the outer radius of the well, R = 1.5 + 4 = 5.5m

∴ Area of the ring of platform = π (R2 – r2)

= \(\frac{22}{7}\left[(5.5)^2-(1.5)^2\right]\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times 4=88 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Let the height of the embankment = H

∴ 88 x H = 99

⇒ \(H=\frac{99}{88}=\frac{9}{8}=1.125 \mathrm{~m}\)

Height of embankment = 1.1 25 m

Question 5. A container shaped like a right circular cylinder having a diameter of 12 cm and a height of 15 cm is full of ice cream. The ice cream is to be filled into cones of height 12 cm and diameter 6 cm, having a hemispherical shape on the top. Find the number of such cones which can be filled with ice cream.

Answer:

Given

A container shaped like a right circular cylinder having a diameter of 12 cm and a height of 15 cm is full of ice cream. The ice cream is to be filled into cones of height 12 cm and diameter 6 cm, having a hemispherical shape on the top.

The radius of the cylindrical container

∴ \(r=\frac{12}{2} \mathrm{~cm}=6 \mathrm{~cm}\)

and height h= 15 cm

∴ Volume = πr2h = 71 x 6 x 6 x 15

= 540 π cm3

⇒ The total volume of ice cream = 540cm3

The radius of cone = radius of hemisphere = R

⇒ \(R=\frac{6}{2}=3 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Height of cone, H = 12 cm

The volume of ice cream in one cone + hemisphere

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi R^2 H+\frac{2}{3} \pi R^3=\frac{1}{3} \pi R^2(H+2 R)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi \times 3 \times 3 \times(12+2 \times 3)=54 \pi\)

Now, number of cones = \(\frac{\text { Total volume of ice cream }}{\text { Volume of ice cream in one cone }}\)

= \(\frac{540 \pi}{54 \pi}=10\)

Question 6. How many silver coins, 1.75 cm in diameter and of thickness 2 mm, must be melted to form a cuboid of dimensions 5.5 cm x 10 cm x 3.5 cm?

Solution:

Let the number of silver coins = n

Radius of coin \(r=\frac{1.75}{2} \mathrm{~cm}=\frac{7}{8} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Height h = 2 mm = \(\frac{2}{10} \mathrm{~cm}=\frac{1}{5} \mathrm{~cm}\)

The volume of one coin = πr2h

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{7}{8} \times \frac{7}{8} \times \frac{1}{5}=\frac{77}{160} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

∴ Volume of n coins = \(\frac{77 n}{160} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Volume of cuboid = 5.5 x 10 x 3.5 = 192.5 cm3

Now, the volume of n coins = volume of a cuboid

⇒ \(\frac{77 n}{160}=192.5 \Rightarrow n=\frac{192.5 \times 160}{77}\)

⇒ n = 400

∴ Number of silver coins = 400

Question 7. A cylinder bucket, 32 cm high and with radius of base of 18 cm, is filled with sand. This bucket is emptied on the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. If the height of the conical heap is 24 cm, find the radius and slant height of the heap.

Solution:

Given

A cylinder bucket, 32 cm high and with radius of base of 18 cm, is filled with sand. This bucket is emptied on the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. If the height of the conical heap is 24 cm

For cylindrical buckets,

Radius r = 18 cm

Height h = 32 cm

∴ The volume of sand = volume of the bucket

= πr2h = π x 18 x 18 x 32 cm3

= 10368π cm3

For conical heap,

Let Raidus = R

Height H = 24 cm

∴ Volume of conical heap = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi R^2 H=\frac{1}{3} \pi R^2 \times 24=8 \pi R^2\)

Now, the volume of conical heap = volume of sand

⇒ 8πR2 = 10368π ⇒ R2 = 1296

⇒ R = 36 cm

∴ l2 = H2 + R2 = 242 + 362

= 576 + 1296 = 1872

⇒ \(l=\sqrt{1872}=12 \sqrt{13} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Question 8. Water in a canal, 6 m wide and 1.5 m deep, is flowing with a speed of 10 km/h. How much area will it irrigate in 30 minutes, if 8 cm of standing water is needed?

Solution:

Given

Water in a canal, 6 m wide and 1.5 m deep, is flowing with a speed of 10 km/h.

Speed of water in canal = 10 km/h

= \(\frac{10 \times 1000}{60} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{min}\)

= \(\frac{500}{3} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{min}\)

Width of canal = 6 m and depth = 1.5 m

Now, the canal will transfer the water equal to the volume of a cuboid of dimensions.

⇒ \(6 \mathrm{~m} \times 1.5 \mathrm{~m} \times \frac{500}{3} m\) in 1 minute.

∴ Volume of water transfer in 30 minutes

= \(30 \times 6 \times 1.5 \times \frac{500}{3}=45000 \mathrm{~m}^3\)

If the depth of the irrigating region = 8 cm

= \(\frac{8}{100} \mathrm{~m}\) then

area x depth = 45000

⇒ \({Area} \times \frac{8}{100}=45000\)

⇒ \(\text { Area }=\frac{45000 \times 100}{8}=562500 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Therefore, the area of the region irrigated by the canal in 30 minutes = 562500 m2

Question 9. A farmer connects a pipe of internal diameter 20 cm from a canal into a cylindrical tank in her field, which is 10 m in diameter and 2 m deep. If water flows through the pipe at the rate of 3 km/h, in how much time will the tank be filled?

Solution:

Given

farmer connects a pipe of internal diameter 20 cm from a canal into a cylindrical tank in her field, which is 10 m in diameter and 2 m deep. If water flows through the pipe at the rate of 3 km/h

Diameter of tank 2r = 10 m

⇒ r = 5 m

and depth h = 2m

∴ Volume of tank = r2h = (5)2 x 2 = 50 m3

Again, diameter of pipe = 2R = 20 cm

⇒ \(R=10 \mathrm{~cm}=\frac{10}{100} \mathrm{~m}=\frac{1}{10} \mathrm{~m}\)

Speed of water in pipe = 3 km/h

= \(\frac{3 \times 1000}{60} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{min}\)

= 50m/min

Now the pipe will transfer the water into the tank in 1 minute equal to the volume of a cylinder of radius \(\frac{1}{10}\) m and length 50 m.

∴ Time taken to fill the tank = \(\frac{\text { volume of cylindrical tank }}{\text { volume of water transfer in tank in 1 minute }}\)

= \(\frac{50 \pi}{\pi \times\left(\frac{1}{10}\right)^2 \times 50}=100 \text { minutes }\)

∴ Time taken to fill the tank completely = 100 minutes

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Exercise 13.4

Question 1. A drinking glass is in the shape of a frustum of a cone of height 14 cm. The diameters of its two circular ends are 4 cm and 2 cm. Find the capacity of the glass.

Solution:

Given

A drinking glass is in the shape of a frustum of a cone of height 14 cm. The diameters of its two circular ends are 4 cm and 2 cm.

The diameters of the frustum of the cone are 4 cm and 2 cm.

∴ Radius r1 = 2 cm and r2 = 1 cm

∴ Height of glass h = 14 cm

∴ The volume of a glass of the shape of a frustum of a cone

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi h\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 14\left[(2)^2+2 \times 1+(1)^2\right]\)

= \(\frac{44}{3}[4+2+1]\)

= \(\frac{44 \times 7}{3}=\frac{308}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

= \(=102 \frac{2}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

So, capacity of glass = = \(102 \frac{2}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Drinking Glass

Question 2. The slant height of a frustum of a cone is 4 cm and the perimeters (circumference) of its circular ends are 18 cm and 6 cm. Find the curved surface area of the frustum.

Solution :

Given

The slant height of a frustum of a cone is 4 cm and the perimeters (circumference) of its circular ends are 18 cm and 6 cm.

The slant height of the frustum of cone l = 4 cm.

Circumference of one end 2πr1 = 18 cm

∴ πr1 = 9 cm

Circumference of other ends 2πr2 = 6 cm

∴ πr2 = 3 cm

Curved surface area of frustum = π(r1 + r2) l

= (πr1 + πr2) l

= (9 + 3) x 4

= 48 cm2

Therefore, the curved surface area of the frustum of the cone = 48 cm2.

Question 3. A fez, tire cap used by the Turks, is shaped like the frustum of a cone. If its radius on the open side is 10 cm, its radius at the upper base is 4 cm and its slant height is 15 cm, find the area of material used for making it.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Frustum Of A Cone

Solution:

Given

A fez, tire cap used by the Turks, is shaped like the frustum of a cone. If its radius on the open side is 10 cm, its radius at the upper base is 4 cm and its slant height is 15 cm

The cap is in the form of a frustum of a cone whose slant height is l = 15 cm.

Radius r1 = 10 cm and radius r2= 4 cm

∴ Curved surface of cap = π(r1 + r2) l

= \(\frac{22}{7}(10+4) \times 15=660 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of the closed end of the cap

= \(\pi r_2^2=\frac{22}{7} \times(4)^2 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= \(\frac{352}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2=50 \frac{2}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

∴ Total canvas used in cap = Curved surface of cap + area of closed-end

= \(\left(660+50 \frac{2}{7}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

= \(710 \frac{2}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Therefore, the area of material used for making cap

∴ \(710 \frac{2}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 4. A container, opened from the top and made up of a metal sheet, is in the form of a frustum of a cone of height 1 6 cm with radii of its lower arid upper ends as 8 cm and 20 cm, respectively. Find the cost of the milk which can completely fill the container, at the rate of ₹ 20 per litre. Also find the cost of the metal sheet used to make the container, if it costs ₹ 8 per 100 cm2. (Take π = 3.14)

Solution:

The vessel is in the shape of a frustum of a cone whose height is h = 16 cm.

And radius of upper end r1 = 20 cm and radius of lower end r2 = 8 cm

Then, the volume of the vessel = volume of the frustum

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi h\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi \times 16 \times\left[(20)^2+20 \times 8+(8)^2\right]\)

= \(\frac{16}{3} \pi \times 624 \mathrm{~cm}^3=3328 \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

= 3328 x 3.14 cm3 = 10449.92 cm3 [∴ π = 3.14]

The milk required to fill the vessel is 10449.92 cm3 or 10.450 litre.

Then, cost of milk at ₹ 20 per litre = 20 x ₹ 10.45 = ₹ 209

The sheet will be used to make the curved surface and base of the vessel.

Then, the area of the base of the vessel = nr22

= 3.14 x (8)2 = 3.14 x 64 = 200.96 cm2

The slant height of the vessel

⇒ \(l=\sqrt{h^2+\left(r_1-r_2\right)^2}=\sqrt{(16)^2+(20-8)^2}\)

= \(\sqrt{256+144}=\sqrt{400}=20 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Then, curved surface of vessel = π (r1 + r2) l

= 3.14 (20 + 8) x 20 cm2

= 3.14 x 28 x 20 cm2

= 1758.4 cm2

∴ Area of sheet used in vessel

= (1758.4 + 200.96) cm2

= 1959.36 cm2

Cost of the sheet at the rate of ₹ 8 per 1 00 cm2

= \(₹ \frac{8}{100} \times ₹ 1959.36=₹ 156.7488\)

= ₹ 156.75

∴ Cost of milk = ₹ 209

and cost of sheet = ₹ 156.75

Question 5. A metallic right circular cone 20 cm high and whose vertical angle is 60° is cut into two parts at the middle of its height by a plane parallel to its base. If the frustum so obtained be drawn into a wire of diameter \({1}{16}\) cm, find the length of the wire.

Solution:

In the given, the diameter of the base of the cone is A’OA and the vertex is V. The angle of the vertex is A’VA = 60°, and then the semi-vertical angle of the cone is α = 30°.

Height of cone = 20 cm

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Height Of Cone

Then, in right ΔOAV,

⇒ \(\tan \alpha=\frac{O A}{O V} \Rightarrow \tan 30^{\circ}=\frac{r_1}{20} \Rightarrow \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}=\frac{r_1}{20}\)

⇒ \(r_1=\frac{20}{\sqrt{3}} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∵ ΔVO’B and ΔVOA are similar.

∴ \(\frac{V O^{\prime}}{V O}=\frac{O^{\prime} B}{O A} \Rightarrow \frac{10}{20}=\frac{r_2}{r_1} \Rightarrow \frac{r_2}{r_1}=\frac{1}{2}\)

⇒ \(r_1=2 r_2 \Rightarrow r_2=\frac{1}{2} r_1=\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{20}{\sqrt{3}}=\frac{10}{\sqrt{3}} \mathrm{~cm}\)

and height of frustum \(\dot{h}=\frac{1}{2}\) x height of cone

= 10 cm

Then, volume of frustum = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi h\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right)\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3} \pi(10)\left[\left(\frac{20}{\sqrt{3}}\right)^2+\frac{20}{\sqrt{3}} \times \frac{10}{\sqrt{3}}+\left(\frac{10}{\sqrt{3}}\right)^2\right]\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{3} \pi 10\left[\frac{400}{3}+\frac{200}{3}+\frac{100}{3}\right]\)

⇒ \(\frac{7000}{9} \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

Diameter of cylindrical wire = \(\frac{1}{16}\) cm

Radius of wire \(r=\frac{1}{32} \mathrm{~cm}\) cm

Let the length of the wire drawn be l cm.

Then, the volume of wire = πr2l

⇒ \(\pi \times \frac{1}{32} \times \frac{1}{32} \times l=\frac{\pi}{1024} l \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

∵ The wire is drawn from the frustum of the cone.

∴ The volume of wire = volume of the frustum

⇒ \(\frac{\pi}{1024} l=\frac{7000}{9} \pi\)

⇒ \(l=\frac{7000 \pi}{9} \times \frac{1024}{\pi} \mathrm{cm}^3\)

= \(\frac{70}{9} \times 1024 \mathrm{~m}\)

= \(\frac{71680}{9} \mathrm{~m}=7964.44 \mathrm{~m}\)

Therefore, the length of the wire = 7964.44 m

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume and Surface Area of Solids Exercise 13.5

Question 1. A copper wire, 3 mm in diameter, is wound about a cylinder whose length is 12 cm, and diameter 10 cm, to cover the curved surface of the cylinder. Find the length and mass of the wire, assuming the density of copper to be 8.88 g per cm3.

Solution:

Given

A copper wire, 3 mm in diameter, is wound about a cylinder whose length is 12 cm, and diameter 10 cm, to cover the curved surface of the cylinder.

The diameter of the cylinder = 10 cm and

height of cylinder = 12 cm

∴ Circumference of cylinder

= π x diameter = π x 10 = 10π cm

∴ Length of wire used in one round about a cylinder

= 10 cm

∵ The length of the cylinder is 12 cm or 120 mm. When one round of wire is wound on the cylinder then it covers 3mm length of the cylinder.

When two rounds of wire are wound on the cylinder then it covers the (2 x 3) mm length of the cylinder.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Length Of Cylinder

When three rounds of wire are wound on the cylinder then it covers (3×3) mm length of the cylinder.

When four rounds of wire are wound on the cylinder then it covers the (4×3) mm length of the cylinder.

The number of wounds of wire to cover the cylinder = \(\frac{120}{3} = 40\)

Length of required wire to wound 40 rounds on cylinder

= 40 x 10 π = 400 π cm

= 400 x 3.14 cm = 1256 cm(approx.)

= 12.56 m

So, the required length of wire = 12.56 m

The volume of wire = length x area of the wire

= \(1256 \times \pi \frac{d^2}{4} \quad\left[d=3 \mathrm{~mm}=\frac{3}{10} \mathrm{~cm}\right]\)

= \(1256 \times 3.14 \times \frac{9}{100 \times 4}\)

= \(\frac{314 \times 3.14 \times 9}{100}=88.74 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

and mass of wire = 88.74 x 8.88 g

= 788.01 g = 0.788 kg

Question 2. A right triangle, whose sides are 3 cm and 4 cm (other than hypotenuse) is made to revolve about its hypotenuse. Find the volume and surface area of the double cone so formed. (Choose the value of π as found appropriate.)

Solution:

Given

A right triangle, whose sides are 3 cm and 4 cm (other than hypotenuse) is made to revolve about its hypotenuse.

In right ΔABC, ∠B = 90°, AB = 4 cm,

BC = 3 cm

Then, area of \(\triangle A B C=\frac{3 \times 4}{2}=6 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Hypotenuse \(A C=\sqrt{A B^2+B C^2}\)

= \(\sqrt{(4)^2+(3)^2}=\sqrt{25}=5\)

BOB’ is perpendicular to AC, if BO = r, then area of \(\triangle A B C=\frac{A C \times B O}{2}=\frac{5}{2} B O=\frac{5}{2} r\)

Then, \(\triangle A B C=\frac{A C \times B O}{2}=\frac{5}{2} B O=\frac{5}{2} r\)

Then, \(\frac{5}{2} r=6\) (∵\(\frac{5}{2} r\)and 6 both are area of AABC)

∴ \(r=\frac{6 \times 2}{5}=2.4 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Now, the radius r = 2.4 cm of the double cone formed by rotating the right ΔABC.

Then, volume of double cone (two cones) = volume of cone (A, BB’) + volume of cone (C, BB’)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2(A O)+\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2(O C)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2(A O+O C)\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^2(A C)\) [ AO + OC = AC]

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi \times(2.4)^2 \times 5=9.6 \pi \mathrm{cm}^3\)

= 9.6 x 3.14 cm3 (π = 3.14)

= 30.144 cm3

and surface area of the double cone (both cones)

= curved surface of the cone (A, BB’) + curved surface of the cone (C, BB’)

= πr (AB) + πr (BC) = nr (AB +BC)

= 3.14 x 2.4 x (4 +3) =3.14 x 2.4 x 7

= 52.75 cm2

Therefore, the volume of the double cone = 30.144 cm3 and surface area = 52.75 .cm2 (approximately).

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids A Right Triangle

Question 3. A cistern, internally measuring 150cm x 120cm x 110cm, has 129600 cm3 of water in it. Porous bricks are placed in the water until the cistern is full to the brim. Each brick absorbs one-seventeenth of its own volume of water. How many bricks can be put in without overflowing the water, each brick being 22.5 cm x 7.5 cm x 6.5 cm?

Solution:

Volume of cistern

= 150 x 120 x 110 cm3

= 1980000 cm3

The volume of water filled in cistern = 129600 cm3

Volume of each brick = 22.5 x 7.5 x 6.5 cm3

= 1096.875 cm3

Let on placing x bricks, the water rises upto the brim in the cistern.

Then, volume of x bricks = 1096.875 x cm3

Then, volume of absorbs water by bricks = \(1096.875 x \times \frac{1}{17}=\frac{1096.875 x}{17} \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Then, the volume of remaining water in cistern = \(\left(129600-\frac{1096.875 x}{17}\right) \mathrm{cm}^3\)

Now, volume of x bricks + volume of water in cistern = volume of cistern

∴ \(1096.875 x+129600-\frac{1096.875 x}{17}\) = 1980000

or \(1096.875 x-\frac{1096.875 x}{17}\) = 1980000 – 129600

or \(1096.875 x\left(1-\frac{1}{17}\right)=1850400\)

or \(1096.875 x=\frac{1850400 \times 17}{16}\)

or \(x=\frac{1850400 \times 17}{16 \times 1096.875}\)

= 1792.4 = 1792 (approximately)

Therefore, the number of bricks placed in the cistern is 1792 (approximately).

Question 4. In one fortnight of a given month, there was a rainfall of 10 cm in a river valley. If the area of the valley is 7280 km2, show that the total rainfall was approximately equivalent to the addition to the normal water of three rivers each 1072 km long, 75 m wide and 3 m deep.

Solution:

The volume of each river

= 10721cm x 75 m x 3 m

= 1072 x 75 x 3 x 1000 m3

= 241200000 m3

∴ The volume of total water in three rivers

= 3 x 241200000 m3

∴ Total water of rivers = 723600000 m3

∴ Area of valley = 7280 km2

= 7280 x (1000)2 m2

= 7280000000 m

∴ Volume of rainwater

= \(7280000000 \times \frac{10}{100} \mathrm{~m}^3\) (∵\(10 \mathrm{~cm}=\frac{10}{100} \mathrm{~m}\))

= 728000000 m3

These two volumes are not equal.

So, it is clear that the given data given in the question are incorrect.

Question 5. An oil funnel made of tin sheet consists of a 10 cm long cylindrical portion attached to a frustum of a cone. If the total height is 22 cm, the diameter of the cylindrical portion is 8 cm and the diameter portion is 8 cm and the diameter of the top of the funnel is 18 cm, find the area of the tin sheet required to make the funnel.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Oil Funnel

Solution:

Height of cylindrical part h = 10 cm

Total height of funnel = 22 cm

∴ Height of frustum of cone (H) = 22 – 10 = 12 cm

Upper radius of frustum of cone = \(R_1=\frac{18}{2}=9 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Lower radius of frustum of cone = \(R_2=\frac{8}{2}=4 \mathrm{~cm}\)

The radius of cylindrical part r = 4 cm

The curved surface of the cylindrical part = 2 πrh

= 2π x 4 x 10 = 80 π cm2

The slant height of the frustum of a cone

⇒ \(l=\sqrt{H^2+\left(R_1-R_2\right)^2}\)

= \(\sqrt{(12)^2+(9-4)^2}=\sqrt{144+25}\)

= \(\sqrt{169}=13 \mathrm{~cm}\)

So, the total surface area of the funnel

∴ The curved surface of the frustum of a cone

= π (R1+ R2) l

= π (9 + 4) x 13 = 169 π cm2

∴ The curved surface area of the cylindrical part + curved surface area of the frustum of a cone

= 80 π + 169π = 249π cm2

= \(249 \times \frac{22}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= \(\frac{5478}{7}=782 \frac{4}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Therefore, area of tin sheet used in funnel = \(782 \frac{4}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 6. Derive the formula for the curved surface area and total surface area of the frustum of a cone.

Solution:

Let for the (V, AB), V is the vertex, r2 the base radius and l2 the slant height. A cone (V, CD) is cut off from this cone from a point O’ below h1 from the vertex V of this cone, parallel to the base whose’ radius is r1 and slant height is l1.

Draw the perpendicular DE from point D to the base.

Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Total Surface Area Of The Frustum Of A Cone

In ΔVO’D and ΔDEB,

∠VO’D = ∠DEB (VO and DE both are perpendicular to the base)

∠VDO’ = ∠DBE (the bases of two cones are parallel to each other)

∴ ΔVO’D and ΔDEB are similar

\(\frac{V D}{B D}=\frac{O^{\prime} D}{E B}\)

or \(\frac{l_1}{l}=\frac{O^{\prime} D}{O B-O E}=\frac{O^{\prime} D}{O B-O^{\prime} D}\)

while BD = l = slant height of the frustum

⇒ \(\frac{l_1}{l}=\frac{r_1}{r_2-r_1} \Rightarrow l_1=\left(\frac{r_1}{r_2-r_1}\right) l\) → (1)

The curved surface area of a frustum

= curved surface area of cone (V, AB) – curved surface area of cone ( V, CD)

= πr2l2 -πr1l1 = πr2(l1 + BD) – πr1l1

= πr2l1 +πr2 (BD) – πr1l1

= π(r2-r1) l1 + πr2 l

= \(\pi\left(r_2-r_1\right)\left(\frac{r_1}{r_2-r_1}\right) l+\pi r_2 l\) [from eqn. (1)]

= π r1l + πr2l

So, curved surface area of frustum = π (r1 + r2) l

Hence Proved

And total surface area of a frustum

= curved surface + area of first end + area of second end

= π(r1 + r2) / + πr12 + πr22

= π(r1 + r2)l + π (r12 + r22)

Hence Proved.

Question 7. Derive the formula for the volume of the frustum of a cone.

Solution:

From the last question, for the cone (V, AB), height = h2 and radius = r2

∴ Volume of cone (V, AB) = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h_2\)

and volume of cone (V, CD) = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2 h_1\)

∴ Volume of frustum = volume of cone (V, AB) – volume of cone (V, CD)

∴ Volume of frustum (V)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h_2-\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2 h_1\) → (1)

∴ h2 = VO’= VO’ + O’O = h1 + h

∴ Put h2 = h1 +h in eqn. (1),

Volume of frustum V = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2\left(h_1+h\right)-\frac{1}{3} \pi r_1^2 h_1\)

Volume of frustum V = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(r_2^2-r_1^2\right) h_1+\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h\) → (2)

In similar ΔVO’D and ΔDEB,

\(\frac{h_1}{h}=\frac{r_1}{r_2-r_1} \quad \Rightarrow \quad h_1=\left(\frac{r_1}{r_2-r_1}\right) h\)

Put \(h_1=\left(\frac{r_1}{r_2-r_1}\right) h\) in eqn. (2),

⇒ \(V=\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(r_2^2-r_1^2\right) \frac{\eta_1}{\left(r_2-r_1\right)} h+\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(r_2+r_1\right) r_1 h+\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2\right) h+\frac{1}{3} \pi r_2^2 h\)

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right) h\)

Therefore, the volume of the frustum of the cone

= \(\frac{1}{3} \pi\left(r_1^2+r_1 r_2+r_2^2\right) h\) Hence Proved.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 13  Volume And Surface Area Of Solids Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. A surah is a combination of:

  1. A sphere and a cylinder
  2. A hemisphere and a cylinder
  3. Two hemispheres
  4. A cylinder and a cone

Answer: 1. A sphere and a cylinder

Question 2. A glass is generally of the shape of:

  1. A cone
  2. A frustum of a cone
  3. A cylinder
  4. A sphere

Answer: 2. A frustum of a cone

Question 3. A plummet is a combination of:

  1. A cone and a cylinder
  2. A hemisphere and a cone
  3. A frustum of a cone and a cylinder
  4. A sphere and a cylinder

Answer: 2. A hemisphere and a cone

Question 4. An iron piece in the shape of a cuboid of dimensions 49 cm x 33 cm x 24 cm is melted and recast into a solid sphere. The radius of the sphere is:

  1. 21 cm
  2. 23 cm
  3. 25 cm
  4. 19 cm

Answer: 1. 21 cm

Question 5. While converting a shape of a solid into another shape, the volume of the new shape:

  1. Increases
  2. Decreases
  3. Remains same
  4. Becomes twice.

Answer: 3. Remains same

Question 6. The ratio of the surface of two spheres is 16:9. The ratio of their volumes is:

  1. 3:4
  2. 64: 27
  3. 27: 64
  4. 4:3

Answer: 2. 64: 27

Question 7. The diameter of a sphere exactly inscribed in a right circular cylinder of radius r cm and height h cm (h > 2r) is:

  1. r cm
  2. 2r cm
  3. h cm
  4. 2h cm

Answer: 2. 2r cm

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12 Area Related To Circles

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles

Area Related To Circles Introduction

We are familiar with the shape of a circle. The circumference of the wheels of cars, and coins appears as a circle.

A circle can be defined as “A figure with an outline, every point on this outline is at the same constant distance from a certain point inside the figure, which is called the centre”.

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12 Area Related To Circles

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Area And Circumference Of A Circle

Let r be the radius of the circle. The distance travelled once around a circle is its perimeter, usually called its circumference. Now

Area of circle = πr2

Circumference of circle = 2πr

Read and Learn More Class 10 Maths Solutions Exemplar

Area Related To Circles Area And Circumference Of A Circle

π(pi) is a fixed irrational number whose approximate value is \(3.1416 \text { as } \frac{22}{7} \text { or } \frac{355}{113}\) (sometimes)

Diameter: A chord of a circle passing through its centre is called the diameter of the circle.

Diameter = 2 x radius

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Formulae Of Circle

1. Area of circle = πr2
2. Circumference of a circle = 2πr

Area Related To Circles Area Of Circle

3. Area of semicircle = \(\frac{1}{2} \pi r^2\)

Area Related To Circles Area Of Semicircle

4. Perimeter of semicircle = (πr + 2r)

5. For a ring having outer radius = R and inner radius = r
Area of ring = π(R2 – r2)

Area Related To Circles Ring Having Outer Radius

6. For rotation of the hands of a clock

  1. Angle described by minute hand in 60 minutes = 360°
  2. Angle described by hour hand in 12 hours = 360°

Area Related To Circles Rotation Of The Hands Of A Clock

7. For rotating wheels

  1. Distance moved by a wheel in 1 rotation = its circumference
  2. Number of rotation in unit time = \(\frac{\text { distance moved in unit time }}{\text { circumference }}\)

Area Related To Circles Rotating Wheels

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Solved Examples

Question 1. The circumference of a field is 220 m. Find

  1. Its radius
  2. Its area.

Solution:

Circumference of circle = 220 m

2πr = 220

⇒ \(r=\frac{220 \times 7}{2 \times 22}=35 \mathrm{~m}\)

Area of circle = \(\pi r^2=\frac{22}{7} \times 35 \times 35=3850 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Question 2. Find the area of a circular park whose radius is 4.5 m.

Solution:

Area of circular park = r2

⇒ Area = \(\text { Area }=\frac{22}{7} \times 4.5 \times 4.5\)

Area = 63.63 m2

The area of a circular park = 63.63 m2

Question 3. The area of a circular plot is 346.5 m2. Calculate the cost of fencing the plot at the rate of ₹ 6 per metre.

Solutions:

Area of plot = 346.5 m2

⇒ πr2 = 346.5 m2 ⇒ \(r^2=\frac{346.5 \times 7}{22}\)

⇒ r2 = 110.25 ⇒ r = 10.5 m

Circumference of plot = \(2 \pi r=2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 10.5=66 \mathrm{~m}\)

Cost of fencing = Circumference x Cost of fencing per metre

= ₹ 66 x 6 = ₹ 396

The cost of fencing the plot at the rate of ₹ 6 per metre = ₹ 396

Question 4. The diameter of a cycle wheel is 28 cm. How many revolutions will it make in moving 13.21cm?

Solution:

Given

The diameter of a cycle wheel is 28 cm.

Distance travelled by the wheel in one revolution = \(2 \pi r=\frac{22}{7} \times 28=88 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Total distance travelled by the wheel = 13.2 x 1000 x 100 cm

Number, of revolutions made by the wheel = \(\frac{\text { total distance }}{\text { circumference }}\)

= \(\frac{13.2 \times 1000 \times 100}{88}=15000 \text { revolutions }\)

15000 revolutions will it make in moving 13.21cm.

Question 5. The circumference of a circle exceeds the diameter by 16.8 cm. Find the radius of the circle.

Solution:

Given

The circumference of a circle exceeds the diameter by 16.8 cm.

Let the radius of the circle be r.

Diameter = 2r

Circumference of circle = 2πr

Using the given information, we have

2πr = 2r + 16.8

⇒ \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times r=2 r+16.8\)

⇒ 44r = 14r + 16.8 x 7

⇒ 30r = 117.6

∴ \(r=\frac{117.6}{30}=3.92 \mathrm{~cm}\)

The radius of the circle =3.92 cm

Question 6. Find the area of a ring whose outer and inner radii are respectively 20cm and 1 5cm.

Solution:

Outer radius R = 20 cm

Inner radius r = 15 cm

∴ Area of ring = π(R2 – r2)

⇒ Area of ring = \(\frac{22}{7}\left[(20)^2-(15)^2\right]=\frac{22}{7}(400-225)=\frac{22}{7} \times 175 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= 22 x 25 = 550 cm2.

The area of a ring = 550 cm2.

Question 7. A race track is in the form of a ring whose inner circumference is 352 m and the outer circumference is 396 m. Find the width of the track.

Solution:

Given

A race track is in the form of a ring whose inner circumference is 352 m and the outer circumference is 396 m.

Let R and r be the outer and inner radii of the circle.

The width of the track = (R – r) cm

Now, 2πr = 352 ⇒ \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times r=352\)

⇒ \(r=\frac{352 \times 7}{2 \times 22}=7 \times 8=56 \mathrm{~m}\)

Again, 2πR = 396 ⇒ \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times R=396\)

⇒ \(R=\frac{396 \times 7}{2 \times 22}=7 \times 9=63 \mathrm{~m}\)

∴ R = 63 m, r = 56 m

Width of the track = (R- r) m = (63 – 56) m = 7 m.

Area Related To Circles Outer And Inner Radii Of The Circle

Question 8. Two circles touch internally. The sum of their areas is 116π cm2 and the distance between their centres is 6 cm. Find the radii of the circles.

Solution:

Given

Two circles touch internally. The sum of their areas is 116π cm2 and the distance between their centres is 6 cm.

Let two circles with centres O’ and O having radii R and respectively touch each other at P.

It is given that OO’ = 6

R – r = 6 ⇒ R = 6 + r → (1)

Also, πR2 + πr2 = 116π (given)

π(R2 + r2) = 116π

⇒ R2 + r2= 116 → (2)

∴ From equations (1) and (2), we get

(6 + r)2 + r2 = 116

⇒ 36 + r2 + 12r + r2= 116 ⇒ 2r2 + 12r – 80 = 0

⇒ r2 + 6r – 40 = 0 = (r + 10) (r – 4) = 0

∴ r = -10 or r = 4

But the radius cannot be negative. So, we reject r = -10

∴ r = 4 cm

∴ R = 6 + 4 = 10cm [from(1)]

Hence, the radii of the two circles are 4 cm and 10 cm.

Area Related To Circles Two Circles Touch Internally

Question 9. The radius of a wheel of a bus is 45 cm. Determine its speed in kilometres per hour, when its wheel makes 315 revolutions per minute.

Solution:

Given

The radius of the wheel of the bus = 45 cm

∴ Circumference of the wheel = 2ar

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 45=\frac{1980}{7} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ Distance covered by the wheel in one revolution = \(\frac{1980}{7} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Distance covered by the wheel in 315 revolutions = \(315 \times \frac{1980}{7}\)

= 45 x 1 980 = 89 100 cm

= \(\frac{89100}{1000 \times 100} \mathrm{~km}=\frac{891}{1000} \mathrm{~km}\)

∴ Distance covered in 60 minutes or 1 hr =\(\frac{891}{1000} \times 60=\frac{5346}{100}=53.46 \mathrm{~km}\)

Hence, speed of bus = 53.46 km/hr

Question 10. Three semicircles each of diameter 3 cm, a circle of diameter 4.5 cm and a semicircle of radius 4.5 cm are drawn in the adjoining figure. Find the area of the shaded region.

Solution:

Given

Three semicircles each of diameter 3 cm, a circle of diameter 4.5 cm and a semicircle of radius 4.5 cm are drawn in the adjoining figure.

Required area = (area of larger semicircle with radius 4.5 cm) – (area of two smaller semicircles with radius of each \(\frac{3}{2}\) cm and a circle with radius \(\frac{4.5}{2}\) cm + (area of smaller semicircle with radius \(\frac{3}{2}\) cm)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \pi(4.5)^2-\left[2 \times \frac{1}{2} \pi\left(\frac{3}{2}\right)^2+\pi\left(\frac{4.5}{2}\right)^2\right]+\left[\frac{1}{2} \pi\left(\frac{3}{2}\right)^2\right]\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \pi(4.5)^2-\pi\left(\frac{3}{2}\right)^2-\pi\left(\frac{4.5}{2}\right)^2+\frac{1}{2} \pi\left(\frac{3}{2}\right)^2\)

= \(\frac{1}{4} \pi\left[2 \times(4.5)^2-9-(4.5)^2+\frac{9}{2}\right]=\frac{1}{4} \pi \times 4.5[2 \times 4.5-2-4.5+1]\)

= \(\frac{1}{4} \pi \times 4.5(3.5)=\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 4.5 \times 3.5=12.375 \mathrm{~cm}^2\).

Area Related To Circles Three Semicircles

The area of the shaded region =12.375 c.

Question 11. In the adjoining figure, find the area of the shaded region. (Use π = 3.14)

Solution:

Diameter BD = \(\sqrt{6^2+8^2}=\sqrt{36+64}=\sqrt{100}=10 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Radius = \(]frac {10}{2}\) = 5 cm

Area of circle = πr2 = 3. 1 4 x 52 = 3. 14 x 25 = 78.50 cm2

Area of rectangle ABCD = 8 x 6 = 48 cm2

Hence, area of shaded region = 78.50- 48 = 30.5 cm2

Area Related To Circles Area Of Shaded Region

Question 12. A park is of the shape of a circle of diameter 7 m. It is surrounded by a path of width 0.7 m. Find the expenditure of cementing the path, if its cost is ₹ 110 per sq. m.

Solution:

Given

A park is of the shape of a circle of diameter 7 m. It is surrounded by a path of width 0.7 m

The radius of the circular park = 3.5 m

There is a path of width 0.7 m.

So, the radius of the external circle R = 3.5 + 0.7

⇒ R = 4.2 cm

Area of path = πR2 – πr2 = n(R- r) (R + r)

= \(\frac{22}{7}(4.2-3.5)(4.2+3.5)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 0.7 \times 7.7=16.94 \mathrm{~m}^2\)

Now, the cost of cementing 1 m2 of path = ₹ 110

Cost of cementing 16.94 m2 of path = ₹ ( 110 x 16.94) = ₹ 1863.40

Area Related To Circles Shape Of A Circle Of Diameter

Question 13. Find the area of the region between the two concentric circles, if the length of a chord of the outer circle just touching the inner circle at a particular point on it is 10 cm. \(Take, \pi=\frac{22}{7}\)

Solution:

Let the chord AB touch the inner circle at C and let 0 be the centre of both the circles, then

OC = r, OA = R and AB = 10 cm

Now, since OC ⊥ AB (∵ radius through the point of contact is perpendicular to the tangent)

∴ C is the mid-point of AB (∵ ⊥ drawn from the centre to the chord, bisects the chord)

⇒ \(A C=\frac{1}{2} A B=\frac{1}{2} \times 10=5 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Now, in right ΔOCA,

OA2 = OC2 +AC2 (by Pythagoras theorem)

R2 – r2 = 25 → (1)

The required area of the region between two concentric circles

= πR2 – πr2 = π(R2– r2) – 25π [from(1)]

= \(25 \times \frac{22}{7}=78.57 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area Related To Circles Area Of The Region Between The Two Concentric Circles

Question 14. In the adjoining figure, CM = 5 cm, RB = 9 cm, CD ⊥ AB, O is the centre of the larger circle and K is the centre of the smaller circle. Find the area of the shaded region.

Solution:

Let the radius of the larger circle be R and the radius of the smaller circle is r.

Since, CM = 5 cm

∴ MO = R – 5

Also OB = R and RB = 9

∴ OR = R – 9

In ΔAOM,

∠1 + ∠2 = 90° → (1)

In ΔAMR,

∠2 + ∠3 = 90° (the angle in a semicircle is the right angle) → (2)

From eqs. (1) and (2), we get

∠1 + ∠2 = ∠2 + ∠3

⇒ ∠1 = ∠3

In Δs AMO and MOR

∠1 = ∠3 (just proved)

∠4 = ∠5 (each 90°)

∴ ΔAMO ~ ΔMRO (AA corollary)

∴ \(\frac{M O}{R O}=\frac{A O}{M O}\)

⇒ \(\frac{R-5}{R-9}=\frac{R}{R-5}\)

⇒ (R – 5)2 = R (R-9) = R2 + 25 – 10R = R2 – 9R

⇒ R = 25 cm

Now, 2R – 9 = 2r ⇒ 2r = 41

⇒ r = 20.5 cm

Required area = πR2 – πr2 = π(R + r) (R – r)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 45.5 \times 4.5 = 643.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area Related To Circles Area Of Larger And Smaller Circles

Question 15. A square of the largest area is cut out of a circle. What % of the area of the circle is lost as trimmings?

Solution:

Let the radius of the circle be r units.

∴ Area of circle = πr2 sq. units

Let ABCD be the largest square.

∴ Length of diagonal = 2r = side √2

side = \(\frac{2 r}{\sqrt{2}}=\sqrt{2} r\)

∴ Area (square ABCD) = (side)2 = (√2r)2 = 2r2

∴ Area of circle lost by cutting out of a square of largest area = 2r2

∴ Required percentage of the area of circle lost = \(\frac{2 r^2}{\pi r^2} \times 100=\frac{200}{\pi} \%\).

Area Related To Circles A Square Of The Largest Area Is Cut Out Of A Circle

Question 16. In a circular table covering of radius 32 cm, a design (shade) is formed leaving an equilateral triangle ABC in the middle as shown in the adjacent figure. Find the area of the shaded region.

Solution:

Since ABC is an equilateral triangle.

∴ ∠A = 60°

⇒ ∠BOC = 2 x ∠BAC = 2 x 60° = 120° (degree measure of an arc is twice the angle subtended by it in an alternate segment)

Draw OM ⊥ BC

So, we can prove

ΔOMB ≅ ΔOMC (R.H.S. congruency)

∴ ∠BOM = ∠COM = 60° (c.p.c.t.)

In the right ΔOMB, we have

⇒ \(\sin 60^{\circ}=\frac{B M}{O B}\)

∴ \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}=\frac{B M}{32} \quad = \quad B M=16 \sqrt{3} \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ BC = 2 x 16√3 = 32√3 cm

∴ Area of shaded region = Area of circle- ar(AABC)

= \(\pi r^2-\frac{(\text { side })^2 \sqrt{3}}{4}=\pi \times(32)^2-(32 \sqrt{3})^2 \times \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4}\)

= \((32)^2\left(\frac{22}{7}-\frac{3 \sqrt{3}}{4}\right)=1024\left(\frac{22}{7}-\frac{3 \sqrt{3}}{4}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

Area Related To Circles Equilateral Triangle

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Of Sector And Segment Of A Circle

Sector: The shaded region (shown in the figure) OAXB is called a sector of the circle. Its boundary consists of arc AXB and two radii OA and OB. This sector has an angle θ, subtended at the centre of the circle by the arc AXB.

The region bounded by two radii of a circle and intercepted by them is called a sector of the circle.

Area Related To Circles Area Of Sector And Segment Of A Circle

When θ < 180°, arc AB is a minor arc and when θ > 180°, arc AB is a major arc.

Now for sector AOB with ∠AOB = θ°, then the length of minor arc AB \(2 \pi r \times \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \text { i.e., } \frac{\pi r \theta}{180^{\circ}}\)

(Actually, 2πr is the distance covered in travelling the whole circumference in which an angle of 360 is formed at the centre. But for the length of the arc AXB, we do not rotate 360°, here we needed only 0 part of 360°)

∴ \(l=\frac{2 \pi r \theta}{360}\)

and the area of sector is \(\pi r^2 \times \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}}\)

∴ \(A=\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}\)

Relation between Length of Arc and Area of Sector

Area of sector \(A=\pi r^2 \times \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}}\)

= \(\pi r \times \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times r=\frac{1}{2} \times 2 \pi r \times \frac{\theta}{360} \times r=\frac{1}{2} l r\)

Segment of a Circle: A segment of a circle is defined as the part of a circle bounded by a chord and the circumference. The segment containing the major arc is the major segment while the segment containing the minor arc is a minor segment.

Area of minor segment = Area of the sector- an area of ΔOAB.

= \(\left(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} r^2 \sin \theta\right) \text { sq. unit }\)

Area Related To Circles Segment Of A Circle

Area of major segment = Area of circle- Area of minor segment

Perimeter of sector = \(\frac{\pi r \theta}{180^{\circ}}+2 r\)

Perimeter of minor segment = \(\frac{\pi r \theta}{180^{\circ}}\) + Length of chord AB

Area of semicircle = \(\frac{\pi r^2}{2}\)

Perimeter of semicircle = \(\pi r+2 r\)

Area of quarter circle = \(\frac{\pi r^2}{4}\)

Perimeter of quarter circle = \(\frac{\pi r}{2}+2 r\)

Area Related To Circles Area Of Major Segment

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Solved Questions And Answers

Question 1. The perimeter of a semi-circular protractor is 32.4 cm. Calculate:

  1. The radius of the protractor in cm,
  2. the arc of the protractor in cm2.

Solution:

Let the radius of the protractor be r cm.

Perimeter of semicircle protractor = (πr + 2r)cm

∴ r(π + 2) = 32.4

⇒ \(r\left(\frac{22}{7}+2\right)=32.4\)

⇒ \(r \times \frac{36}{7}=32.4 \quad ⇒ \quad r=\frac{32.4 \times 7}{36} ⇒ r=6.3 \mathrm{~cm}\)

Hence, the radius of the protractor = 6.3 cm

Area of semi-circular protractor = \(\frac{1}{2} \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 6.3 \times 6.3=62.37 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Hence, the area of the protractor = 62.37 cm2

Question 2. The minute hand of a clock is √2I cm long. Find the area described by the minute hand on the face of the clock between 6 a.m. and 6.05 a.m.

Solution:

In 60 minutes, the minute hand of a clock move through an angle of 360°.

∴ In 5 minutes hand will move through an angle = \(\frac{360^{\circ}}{60} \times 5=30^{\circ}\)

Now, r = √21 cm and θ = 30°

The area of sector described by the minute hand between 6 a.m. and 6.05 a.m.

= \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}=\frac{22}{7} \times(\sqrt{21})^2 \times 30^{\circ} \times \frac{1}{360^{\circ}}=5.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 3. In the adjoining figure, calculate:

  1. The length of minor arc ACB
  2. Area of the shaded sector.

Solution:

Here, θ = 150°, r = 14 cm

Area Related To Circles Adjoining Triangle

1. Length of minor arc = \(\frac{\pi r \theta}{180^{\circ}}\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 14 \times 150^{\circ} \times \frac{1}{360^{\circ}}\)

= 36.67 cm

2. Area of shaded sector = \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}=\frac{22}{7} \times(14)^2 \times 150^{\circ} \times \frac{1}{360^{\circ}}=256.67 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 4. A chord AB of a circle of radius 10 cm makes a right angle at the centre of the circle. Find the area of the major and minor segments. (Use π = 3.14).

Solution:

Area of sector OAB = \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}=3.14 \times 10^2 \times \frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}=78.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, area of \(\triangle A O B=\frac{1}{2} \times(10)^2=50 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of the minor segment = (78.5 – 50) cm2 = 28.5 cm2

Area of the major segment = Area of the circle – Area of the minor segment

= (3.14 x 102 – 28.5) cm2 = (314 – 28.5) cm2 = 285.5 cm2

Area Related To Circles Area Of Major And Minor Segment

Question 5. In the adjoining figure, the side of the square is 28 cm and the radius of each circle is half of the length of the side of the square where O and O’ are the centres of the circle. Find the area of the shaded region.

Answer:

Side of square = 28 cm

and the radius of each circle = 14 cm

Required area = area of square excluding the two sectors + area of two circles

= \((28)^2-2\left[\pi(14)^2 \times \frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}\right]+2\left[\pi(14)^2\right]\)

= \((28)^2-2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 14 \times 14 \times \frac{1}{4}+2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 14 \times 14\)

= 784 – 308 + 1232 = 1708 cm2

Area Related To Circles Area Of Square Excluding The Two Sectors And Two Circles

Question 6. In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC, AB = 18 cm, DC = 32 cm and the distance between AB and DC is 14 cm. If arcs of equal radii 7 cm taking A, B, C and D as centres, have been drawn, then find the area of the shaded region.

Solution:

Area of the shaded region

= area of trapezium – area of four sectors

= \(\begin{aligned}
\frac{1}{2} \times 14(32+18)-\left[\pi(7)^2 \times \frac{\angle A}{360^{\circ}}+\right. & \pi(7)^2 \times \frac{\angle B}{360^{\circ}} \left.+\pi(7)^2 \times \frac{\angle C}{360^{\circ}}+\pi(7)^2 \times \frac{\angle D}{360^{\circ}}\right]
\end{aligned}\)

= \(=7 \times 50-\frac{\pi \times(7)^2}{360^{\circ}}(\angle A+\angle B+\angle C+\angle D)\)

= \(=350-\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{7 \times 7}{360^{\circ}} \times 360^{\circ}\) (∵ sum of all the four angles of a quad. is 360°)

= 350 – 154 = 196 cm2

Hence, the area of the shaded region is 196 cm2.

Area Related To Circles Trapezium

Question 7. In the adjoining figure, two circular flower beds have been shown on two sides of a square lawn ABCD of side 56 m. If the centre of each circular flower bed is the point of intersection O of the diagonals of the square lawn, find the sum of areas of the lawn and the flower beds.

Solution:

We know that the diagonals of a square bisect each other perpendicularly.

∴ ∠DOC = 90°

Also diagonal BD = side √2 = 56√2m

∴ \(O D=\frac{1}{2} \times B D=28 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m}\)

∴ Area of \(\triangle D O C=\frac{1}{2} \times 28 \sqrt{2} \times 28 \sqrt{2}=(28)^2 m^2\)

Area of sector ODCO = \(\pi(O D)^2 \times \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}}\)

= \(\pi(28 \sqrt{2})^2 \times \frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}=\frac{11 \times 28 \times 28}{7} \mathrm{~m}^2\)

= 1232 m2

∴ Area of 1 flower bed = Area of sector- Area of A

= 1232 -(28)2 = 448 m2

∴ Area of 2 flowers beds = 2 x 448 = 896 m2

Area of square lawn = (56)2 = 3136 m2

∴ Required area = 896 + 3136 = 4032 m2

Area Related To Circles Two Circular Flower Beds

Question 8. In the adjoining, ABCD is a square of side 10 cm and two A semicircles with side of the square as diameter. A quarter circle is also seen with a side of the square as a radius. Find the area of the square region excluding the shaded part (Deepak).(Takeπ = 3.14)

Area Related To Circles A Square Of Semicircles With Side Of The Square As Diameter

Solution:

First of all, we will find the area of 1 and 2 i.e., Batti of Deepak, draw OM ⊥ AB and ON ⊥ BC.

ar(1) = ar(sector NBKO) – ar(ABNO)

= \(\pi(5)^2 \times \frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \times 5 \times 5\)

ar (2) = ar (1)

⇒ \(\operatorname{ar}(\mathrm{1}+\mathrm{2})=2\left(\frac{25 \pi}{4}-\frac{25}{2}\right)=\frac{25}{2}(\pi-2)\)

∴ \(\frac{25}{2}(3.14-2)=14.25 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, area of deepak = ar(quadrant APCB) – [ar(semicircle 4 + 1 + 2) + ar(semicircle 5 + 1 + 2) – 2 x ar (1 + 2)]

= \(\pi(10)^2 \times \frac{90}{360}-\left[2 \times \frac{\pi(5)^2}{2}-2 \times 14.25\right]\)

25π – (25π – 28.5) = 28.5 cm2

Area of unshaded portion = Area of the square- Area of deepak

= (10)2– 28.5 = 100 – 28.5 = 71.5 cm2

The area of the square region excluding the shaded part = 71.5 cm2

Area Related To Circles A Square Of Semicircles With Side Of The Square As Diameter.

Question 9. If the hypotenuse of an isosceles right triangle is 7√2 cm, find the area of the circle inscribed in it.

Solution:

Let AB = BC = x cm

∴ In right ΔABC, by Pythagoras theorem

x2 + y2 = (7√2)2

⇒ 2x2 = 98 = x2 = 49 ⇒ x = 7 cm

∴ ar(ABC) = ar(AOB)+ ar(BOC) + ar(COA)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \times x \times x=\frac{1}{2} \times x \times r+\frac{1}{2} \times x \times r+\frac{1}{2} \times 7 \sqrt{2} \times r\)

⇒\(r=\frac{7}{2+\sqrt{2}} \times \frac{2-\sqrt{2}}{2-\sqrt{2}}=\frac{7(2-\sqrt{2})}{2}\)

⇒ \(7 \times 7=7 \times r+7 \times r+7 \sqrt{2} \times r \Rightarrow r=\frac{7}{2+\sqrt{2}}\)

Area of circle = πr2

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times \frac{49(2-\sqrt{2})^2}{4}=\frac{77}{2} \times(4+2-4 \sqrt{2})\)

= 77(3 – 2√2) cm2

The area of the circle inscribed in it = 77(3 – 2√2) cm2

Area Related To Circles Hypotenuse Of An Isosceles Right Triangle

Question 10. In the adjoining figure, two concentric circles with centre O have radii of 21 cm and 42 cm. If ∠AOB = 60°, find the area of the shaded region. (\(\text { Use } \pi=\frac{22}{7}\))

Solution:

Required area = area of a larger circle with a radius of 42 cm – an area of a smaller circle with a radius of 21 cm – (area of unshaded portion CDBA)

= π(42)2 – π(21 )2 – [(area of the larger sector with radius 42 cm) – (area of the smaller sector with radius 21 cm)]

= \(\pi(42)^2-\pi(21)^2-\left[\pi(42)^2 \times \frac{60}{360}-\pi(21)^2 \times \frac{60}{360}\right]\)

= \(\pi(42)^2-\pi(21)^2-\frac{1}{6} \pi(42)^2+\frac{1}{6} \pi(21)^2=\frac{5}{6} \pi(42)^2-\frac{5}{6} \pi(21)^2\)

= \(\frac{5}{6} \pi \times(21)^2[4-1]=\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 21 \times 21 \times 3=3465 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of the shaded region =3465 c

Area Related To Circles Two Concentric Circles

Question 11. In the adjoining figure, O is the centre of the circle with AC = 24 cm, AB = 7 cm and ∠BOD = 90°. Find the area of the shaded region.

Solution:

Since O is the centre of the circle.

∴ BC is the diameter of the circle.

∴ ∠CAB = 90° (angle in a semicircle is a right angle)

Now in right ΔACB, by Pythagoras Theorem,

BC2 = AC2 + AB2 = (24)2 + (7)2 = 576 + 49 = 625

∴ BC = = 25 m

∴ Diameter of circle = 25 m

∴ Radius of circle = \(\frac{25}{2}\) = 12.5 m

∴ OC = OD = 12.5 m (each radii)

∴ Area of shaded region = area of circle – ar (ΔABC) – ar (sector COD)

= \(\pi(12.5)^2-\frac{1}{2} \times A C \times A B-\pi(O C)^2 \times \frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 12.5 \times 12.5-\frac{1}{2} \times 24 \times 7-\frac{22}{7} \times 12.5 \times 12.5 \times \frac{1}{4}\)

= 491.07 – 84 – 122.768 = 284.302 = 284.30 m2 (approx.)

The area of the shaded region = 284.30 m2 (approx.)

Area Related To Circles Centre Of The Circle

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Exercise 12.1

Question 1. The radii of the two circles are 19 cm and 9 cm respectively. Find the radius of the circle which has a circumference equal to the sum of the circumferences of the two circles.

Solution:

Here, r1 = 19 cm and r2 = 9cm

Let the radius of the new circle = R cm

Given that,

Circumference of new circle = sum of the circumference of given two circles

2πR = 2πr1 + 2πr2

R = r1 + r2 = 19 + 9 = 28 cm.

The radius of the circle = 28 cm.

Question 2. The radii of the two circles are 8 cm and 6 cm respectively. Find the radius of the circle having an area equal to the sum of the areas of the two circles.

Solution:

Here, r1 = 8 cm and r2 = 6 cm

Let the radius of the new circle = R cm

Given that,

Area of new circle = sum of areas of given circles

⇒ πR2 = πr2 + πr2

⇒ R2 = r21 + r22 = 82 + 62

= 64 + 36 = 100

⇒ R = 10 cm

The radius of the circle = 10 cm

Question 3. The depicts an archery target marked with its five scoring regions from the centre outwards as Gold, Red, Blue, Black and White. The diameter of the region representing the Gold score is 21cm and each of the other bands is 10.5 cm wide. Find the area of each of the five scoring regions.

Solution:

The diameter of the Gold circle = 21 cm

∴ Radius of Gold circle = 10.5 cm

Now, the area of the Gold Circle

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 10.5 \times 10.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= 346.5 cm2

Given, the width of each band = 10.5 cm

∴ Radius of Red circle = (10.5 + 10.5) = 21cm

Now, area of Red ring = [(external radius)2 – (internal radius)2]

= \(\frac{22}{7}\left[(21)^2-(10.5)^2\right]\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times(441-110.25)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 330.75\)

= 1039.5 cm2

Again, radius of Blue circle = (21 + 10.5)cm = 31.5 cm

∴ Area of Blue ring

= \(\frac{22}{7}\left(31.5^2-21^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times(992.25-441)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 551.25\)

= 1732.5 cm2

Again, the radius of the Black Circle

= (31.5 + 10.5)cm

= 42cm

∴ Area of Black circle

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times\left(42^2-31.5^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times(1764-992.25)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 771.75=2425.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Again, radius of white circle = (42 + 10.5) cm

∴ Area of White circle

= \(=\frac{22}{7} \times\left(52.5^2-42^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times(2756.25-1764)\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 992.25=3118.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area Related To Circles Archery Target

Question 4. The wheels of a car are of diameter 80 cm each. How many complete revolutions does each wheel make in 10 minutes when the car is travelling at a speed of 66 km per hour?

Solution:

The diameter of the wheel of a car, 2r= 80 cm

⇒ r = 40 cm

∴ Distance covered in one revolution

= circumference

= \(2 \pi r=2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 40=\frac{1760}{7} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Now, speed of car = 66 km/hr

= \(\frac{66 \times 1000 \times 100}{60} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{min}\)

∴ Distance covered in 10 minutes

= \(\frac{66 \times 1000 \times 100}{60} \times 10 \mathrm{~cm}\)

= 11 x 1000 x 100 cm

Now, the number of revolutions made by the wheel

= \(\frac{\text { Total distance covered }}{\text { Distance covered by wheel in 1 revolution }}\)

= \(\frac{11 \times 1000 \times 100}{1760 / 7}\)

= \(=\frac{11 \times 1000 \times 100 \times 7}{1760}=4375 \text { Ans }\)

Question 5. Tick the correct answer in the following and justify your choice: if the perimeter and the area of a circle are numerically equal, then the radius of the circle is:

  1. 2 units
  2. units
  3. 4 units
  4. 7 units

Solution:

1. 2 units

Let r be the radius of the circle.

Given that, in numerical form, area of circle = perimeter of circle

⇒ πr2 = 2πr ⇒ r = 2 units

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Exercise 12.2

Question 1. Find the area of a sector of a circle with a radius of 6 cm if the angle of the sector is 60°.

Solution:

Here, the radius of the circle, r = 6 cm

The angle of the sector, θ= 60°

∴ Area of sector = \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{60^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 6 \times 6 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= \(\frac{132}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2 \text { or } 18.86 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of a sector of a circle is 18.86 c

Question 2. Find the area of a quadrant of a circle whose circumference is 22 cm.

Solution:

Circumference of the circle, 2πr = 22

⇒ \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times r=22 \quad \Rightarrow \quad r=\frac{7}{2} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Now, the area of the quadrant of a circle

⇒ \(\frac{1}{4} \pi r^2=\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{22}{7} \times \frac{7}{2} \times \frac{7}{2}\)

∴ \(\frac{77}{8} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of a quadrant of a circle = \(\frac{77}{8} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 3. The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14 cm. Find the area swept by the minute hand in 5 minutes.

Solution:

Length of minute hand of clock = 14 cm

∴ The radius of the circle, r = 14 cm

∵ The angle subtended by minute hand in 60 min = 360°

∴ Angle subtended by minute hand in 1 minute = \(\frac{360^{\circ}}{60^{\circ}}=6^{\circ}\)

∴ The angle subtended by minute hand in 5 minutes = 30°

∴ From the formula,

area of sector of circle = \(\frac{\theta \pi r^2}{360^{\circ}}\)

= \(30^{\circ} \times \frac{22 \times(14)^2}{7 \times 360^{\circ}}\)

= \(\frac{22 \times 14 \times 2}{12}\)

= \(\frac{616}{12}=\frac{154}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area swept by the minute hand in 5 minutes =\(\frac{154}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 4. A chord of a circle of radius 10 cm subtends a right angle at the centre. Find the area of the corresponding:

  1. Minor segment
  2. Major sector

Solution:

Given, the radius of the circle, AO = 10 cm.

The perpendicular is drawn from the centre of the circle to the chord of the circle which bisects this chord.

Area Related To Circles Radius Of The Circle

AD = DC

And ∠AOD = ∠COD

= 45°

∴ ∠AOC = ∠AOD + ∠COD

= 45° + 45° = 90°

In the right ΔAOD,

⇒ \(\sin 45^{\circ}=\frac{A D}{A O} \quad \Rightarrow \quad \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}=\frac{A D}{10}\)

AD = 5√2 cm

and \(\cos 45^{\circ}=\frac{O D}{A O} \Rightarrow \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}=\frac{O D}{10}\)

⇒ OD = 5√2 cm

Now, AC = 2AD

2 x 5√2 = 10√2 cm

Now, the area of ΔAOC

= \(\frac{1}{2} A C \times O D\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times 10 \sqrt{2} \times 5 \sqrt{2}=50 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now the area of the sector

= \(\frac{\theta \pi r^2}{360^{\circ}}=\frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times 3.14 \times(10)^2\)

= \(\frac{314}{4}=78.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

1. Area of minor segment AEC

= area of sector OAEC – area of AOC

= 78.5 – 50 = 28.5 cm2

2. Area of major sector OAFGCO

= area of circle- area of sector OAEC

= πr2– 78.5 = 3.14 x (10)2 – 78.5

314 – 78.5 = 235.5cm2

Question 5. In a circle of radius 21 cm, an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find:

  1. The length of the arc
  2. The area of the sector formed by the arc
  3. The area of the segment is formed by the corresponding chord.

Solution:

Here, the radius of circle r = 21 cm

The angle subtended by are at the centre, θ = 60°

1. Length of arc

= \(l=\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times 2 \pi r\)

= \(\frac{60^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times 2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 21=22 \mathrm{~cm}\)

2. Area of sector formed by the arc

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{60^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 21 \times 21\)

= 231 cm2

3. Area of segment formed by the corresponding chord

= \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} r^2 \sin \theta\)

= \(231-\frac{1}{2} \times 21 \times 21 \times \sin 60^{\circ}\)

= \(\left(231-\frac{441 \sqrt{3}}{4}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

Question 6. A chord of a circle of radius 15 cm subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find the areas of the corresponding minor and major segments of the circle.

(Use π = 3.14 and √3 = 1.73)

Solution:

Given

A chord of a circle of radius 15 cm subtends an angle of 60° at the centre.

Here, the radius of the circle, r = 15 cm

The angle subtended by a chord at the centre, θ = 60°

∴ Area of the corresponding minor segment

= \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} r^2 \sin \theta\)

= \(r^2\left(\frac{\pi \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \sin \theta\right)\)

= \(15 \times 15\left(\frac{3.14 \times 60^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \sin 60^{\circ}\right)\)

= \(225\left(\frac{3.14}{6}-\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\right)\)

= \(225\left(\frac{3.14}{6}-\frac{1.73}{4}\right)=20.4375 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, the area of the circle = πr2

= 3.14 x 15 x 15 = 706.5 cm2

∴ Area of major segment = area of circle – an area of the minor segment

= (706.5 – 20.4375) cm2

= 686.0625 cm2.

The areas of the corresponding minor and major segments of the circle = 686.0625 cm2.

Question 7. A chord of a circle of radius 12 cm subtends an angle of 120° at the centre. Find the area of the corresponding segment of the circle.
(Use π = 3.14 and √3 = 1.73)

Solution:

Given

A chord of a circle of radius 12 cm subtends an angle of 120° at the centre.

Here, the radius of the circle, r = 12 cm

The angle subtended by the chord at the centre, θ = 120°

Area of the corresponding minor segment

= \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} r^2 \sin \theta\)

= \(r^2\left(\frac{\pi \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \sin \theta\right)\)

= \(12 \times 12 \times\left(\frac{3.14 \times 120^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \times \sin 120^{\circ}\right)\)

= \(144\left(\frac{3.14}{3}-\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\right)\)

= \(144\left(\frac{3.14}{3}-\frac{1.73}{4}\right)\)

= 88. 44 cm2

The area of the corresponding segment of the circle = 88. 44 cm2

Question 8. A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square-shaped grass field of side 15 m by means of a 5 m long rope. Find:

  1. The area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze.
  2. The increase in the grazing area, if the rope were 10 m long instead of 5m. (Use π = 3.14)

Area Related To Circles A Horse Is Tied To A Peg

Solution:

Given

A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square-shaped grass field of side 15 m by means of a 5 m long rope.

Side of square field = 15 m

The radius of the circle, r = 5m

The angle formed by chord, θ = 90°

1. Area of that part of the field where the horse can graze the grass

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2=\frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times 3.14 \times 5^2\)

= 19.625 m2

Area of that part of the field where the horse can graze the grass = 19.625 m2

2. If the length of the rope is 10 m then the increase in the area of grazing.

= \(\frac{90^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times 3.14 \times\left(10^2-5^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{4} \times 3.14 \times 75\)

= 58.875 m2.

If the length of the rope is 10 m then the increase in the area of grazing = 58.875 m2.

Question 9. A brooch is made with silver wire in the form of a circle with a diameter of 35 mm. The wire is also used in making 5 diameters which divide the circle into 10 equal sectors as shown. Find:

  1. The total length of the silver wire required.
  2. The area of each sector of the brooch.

Area Related To Circles A Brooch Is Made With Silver Wire In The Form Of A Circle

Solution:

Given

A brooch is made with silver wire in the form of a circle with a diameter of 35 mm. The wire is also used in making 5 diameters which divide the circle into 10 equal sectors as shown.

1. Diameter of circular brooch,

2r = 35 mm

= \(r=\frac{35}{2} \mathrm{~mm}\)

Length of required silver wire = 2πr

= \(2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times \frac{35}{2} \mathrm{~mm}=110 \mathrm{~mm}\)

Now, the length of 5 diameters = 5 x 2r

= \(5 \times 2 \times \frac{35}{2}=175 \mathrm{~mm}\)

Length of total wire = (110 + 175) mm

= 285 mm

The total length of the silver wire required = 285 mm

2. For each sector,

angle, \(\theta=\frac{360^{\circ}}{10^{\circ}}=36^{\circ}\)

∴ Area = \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{36^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times \frac{35}{2} \times \frac{35}{2}\)

= \(\frac{385}{4} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of each sector of the brooch = \(\frac{385}{4} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 10. An umbrella has 8 ribs which are equally spaced. Assuming an umbrella to be a flat circle of radius 45 cm, find the area between the two consecutive ribs of the umbrella.

Area Related To Circles Umbrella To Be A Flat Circle

Solution:

Given

An umbrella has 8 ribs which are equally spaced. Assuming an umbrella to be a flat circle of radius 45 cm

The radius of the umbrella,

r = length of ribs of umbrella = 45 cm

Here, number of sectors = 8

∴ Angle of sector = \(\theta=\frac{360^{\circ}}{8}=45^{\circ}\)

Now, the area between two ribs = area of the sector

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{45^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 45 \times 45 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= \(\frac{22275}{28} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area between the two consecutive ribs of the umbrella = \(\frac{22275}{28} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 11. A car has two wipers which do not overlap. Each wiper has a blade of length 25 cm sweeping through an angle of 115°. Find the total area cleaned at each sweep of the blades.

Solution:

Given, the length of the wiper blade

r = 25 cm = r(say)

The angle formed by this blade, θ =115°

∴ Area cleaned by a blade = area of sector formed by blade

= \(\frac{\theta \pi r^2}{360^{\circ}}=115^{\circ} \times \frac{22}{7 \times 360^{\circ}} \times(25)^2\)

= \(\frac{23 \times 22}{7 \times 72} \times 625=\frac{23 \times 11 \times 625}{7 \times 36}\)

= \(\frac{158125}{252} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

∴ Total area cleaned by two blades

= 2 x area cleaned by a blade

= \(\frac{2 \times 158125}{252}=\frac{158125}{126} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The total area cleaned at each sweep of the blades =\(\frac{158125}{126} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 12. To warn ships of underwater rocks, a lighthouse spreads a red-coloured light over a sector of angle 80° to a distance of 16.51cm. Find the area of the sea over which the ships are warned. (Use π = 3.14)

Solution:

Given, the angle of the sector, θ = 80°

And distance or radius, r = 16.5 km

Area of sector

= \(\frac{\theta \pi r^2}{360^{\circ}}=\frac{80^{\circ} \times 3.14 \times(16.5)^2}{360^{\circ}}\)

= \(\frac{2 \times 3.14 \times 272.25}{9}=\frac{1709.73}{9}=189.97 \mathrm{~km}^2\) which is the area of the sea over which the ships are warned.

Question 13. A round table cover has six equal designs as shown. If the radius of the cover is 28 cm, find the cost of making the designs at the rate of ₹ 0.35 per cm2. (Use √3 = 1.7)

Area Related To Circles A Round Table Cover Has Six Equal Designs

Solution:

Given

A round table cover has six equal designs as shown. If the radius of the cover is 28 cm

The radius of the table cover, r = 28 cm

Number of designs formed on table cover = 6

∴ The angle formed by each chord at the centre

= \(\frac{360^{\circ}}{6}=60^{\circ}\)

Now, the area of segment

= \(\frac{\pi r^2 \theta}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} r^2 \sin \theta\)

= \(r^2\left(\frac{\pi}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \sin \theta\right)\)

⇒ Area of 6 segments

= \(6 r^2\left(\frac{\pi}{360^{\circ}}-\frac{1}{2} \sin \theta\right)\)

= \(6 \times 28 \times 28\left(\frac{60^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7}-\frac{1}{2}-\sin 60^{\circ}\right)\)

= \(6 \times 28 \times 28\left(\frac{11}{21}-\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\right)\)

= \(=6 \times 28 \times 28\left(\frac{11}{21}-\frac{1.73}{4}\right)=464.8 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, the total cost of making the design

= ₹ 0.35 x 464.8 = ₹ 162.68

The total cost of making the design = ₹ 162.68

Question 14. The area of a sector of angle p (in degrees) of a circle with radius R is

  1. \(\frac{p}{180} \times 2 \pi R\)
  2. \(\frac{p}{180} \times \pi R^2\)
  3. \(\frac{p}{360} \times 2 \pi R\)
  4. \(\frac{p}{720} \times 2 \pi R^2\)

Solution:

4. \(\frac{p}{720} \times 2 \pi R^2\)

Area of sector = \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{p}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi R^2=\frac{p}{720} \times 2 \pi R^2\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Exercise 12.3

Question 1. Find the area of the shaded region in the figure, if PQ= 24 cm, PR = 7 cm and O is the centre of the circle.

Area Related To Circles The Area Of The Shaded Region

Solution:

Here, PQ = 24 cm and PR = 7 cm

∵ The angle in a semicircle is a right angle.

∴ ∠QPR = 90°

In ΔPQR,

QR2 = PQ2 + PR2 = 242 + 72 = 625

QR = 25 cm

If r is the radius of the circle, then

2r = 25 cm

= \(r=\frac{25}{2} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Area of shaded region = area of semicircle – area of ΔPQR

= \(\frac{1}{2} \pi r^2-\frac{1}{2} \times P Q \times P R\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{22}{7} \times \frac{25}{2} \times \frac{25}{2}-\frac{1}{2} \times 24 \times 7\)

= \(\frac{6875}{28}-84=\frac{4523}{28} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of the shaded region =\(\frac{4523}{28} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 2. Find the area of the shaded region, if the radii of the two concentric circles with centre O are 7 cm and 14 cm respectively and ∠AOC = 40°.

Area Related To Circles Radii Of The Two Concentric Circles With Centre

Solution:

Given

The radii of the two concentric circles with centre O are 7 cm and 14 cm respectively and ∠AOC = 40°.

Here, OA = 14 cm and OB = 7 cm

The angle of the sector, θ = 40°

∴ Area of the shaded portion

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi \times\left(O B-O A^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{40^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times\left(14^2-7^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{9} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 147=51.33 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of the shaded region =51.33 cm².

Question 3. Find the area of the shaded region, if ABCD is a square of side 14 cm and APD and BPC are semicircles.

Area Related To Circles Areas Of Two Semicircles

Solution:

Given

ABCD is a square of side 14 cm and APD and BPC are semicircles.

Side of square = 14

Area of square = 14 x 14 cm2 = 196 cm2

Diameter of each semicircle 2r = side of square = 14 cm

⇒ r = 7 cm

Area of one semicircle = \(\frac{1}{2} \pi r^2\)

Area of two semicircles = \(2 \times \frac{1}{2} \pi r^2=\pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times 7=154 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of shaded portion = area of the square – the sum of areas of two semicircles

= (196 – 154) cm2 = 42 cm2

The area of the shaded region = 42 cm2

Question 4. Find the area of the shaded region given, where a circular arc of radius 6 cm has been drawn with vertex O of an equilateral triangle OAB of side 12 cm as the centre.

Area Related To Circles Each Side Of Equilateral Triangle

Solution:

Given

A circular arc of radius 6 cm has been drawn with vertex O of an equilateral triangle OAB of side 12 cm as the centre.

Each side of the equilateral triangle = 12 cm

and each angle = 60°

Now, the area of an equilateral triangle

= \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times(\text { side })^2=\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times 12 \times 12 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

= 36√3 cm2

The radius of the circle, r = 6 cm

Angle of major sector, 0 = 360° – 60° = 300°

∴ Area of major sector

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{300^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 6 \times 6=\frac{660}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, the area of the shaded region = area of the equilateral triangle + area of a major sector.

= \(\left(36 \sqrt{3}+\frac{660}{7}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

The area of the shaded region = \(\left(36 \sqrt{3}+\frac{660}{7}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

Question 5. From each A corner of a square of side 4 cm a quadrant of a circle of radius 1 cm is cut and also a circle of diameter 2 cm is cut as shown. Find the area of the remaining portion of the square.

Area Related To Circles A Square

Solution:

Given

From each A corner of a square of side 4 cm a quadrant of a circle of radius 1 cm is cut and also a circle of diameter 2 cm is cut as shown.

Side of square = 4 cm

∴ Area of square = (side)2 = 42 = 16 cm2

The radius of a quadrant of a circle, r = 1 cm

∴ Area of four quadrants

= \(4 \times \frac{1}{4} \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 1 \times 1=\frac{22}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

For the circle inside the square diameter, 2R = 2 cm ⇒ R = 1 cm

Area of this circle = \(\pi R^2=\frac{22}{7} \times 1 \times 1=\frac{22}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, area of shaded portion = \(16-\left(\frac{22}{7}+\frac{22}{7}\right)=\frac{68}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\).

Question 6. In a circular table covered of radius 32 cm, a design is formed leaving an equilateral triangle ABC in the middle as shown. Find the area of the design.

Area Related To Circles An Equilateral Triangle

Solution:

Given

In a circular table covered of radius 32 cm, a design is formed leaving an equilateral triangle ABC in the middle as shown.

ΔABC is an equilateral triangle.

Area Related To Circles An Equilateral Triangle..

∴ ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = 60°

AD is perpendicular to BC.

∴ OA, OB, and OC are the radii of the circle.

Given that,

OA = OB = OC = 32 cm

∠BOC = 2

∠BAC = 2 x 60° = 120°

∴ \(\angle B O D=\frac{1}{2} \times 120^{\circ}=60^{\circ}\)

In ΔBOD

⇒ \(\sin 60^{\circ}=\frac{B D}{O B} ⇒ \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}=\frac{B D}{32}\)

BD = 16√3 cm

BC = 2 BD = 32√3 cm

Area of ΔABC = \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times B C^2\)

= \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} \times(32 \sqrt{3})^2=768 \sqrt{3} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of circle = π(OB)2

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 32 \times 32=\frac{22528}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, the area of the shaded portion

= area of a circle – an area of ΔABC

= \(\left(\frac{22528}{7}-768 \sqrt{3}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\).

The area of the shaded portion = \(\left(\frac{22528}{7}-768 \sqrt{3}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\).

Question 7. In the ABCD is a square of side 14 cm. With centres A. B. C and D, four circles are drawn such that each circle touch externally two of the remaining three circles. Find the area of the shaded region.

Area Related To Circles Areas Of Four Quadrants

Solution:

Side of square ABCD = 14 cm

∴ Area of square = (14)2 =196 cm2

Radius of first quadrant \(r=\frac{14}{2}=7 \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ The sum of area’s four quadrants

= \(4 \times \frac{1}{4} \pi r^2=\pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times 7=154 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, the area of the shaded portion = area of the square – the sum of areas of four quadrants

= 196 = 154 = 42 cm2

The area of the shaded region = 42 cm2

Question 8. depicts a racing track whose left and right ends are semicircular. The distance between the two inner parallel line segments is 60 m and they are each 106 m long. If the track is 10 m wide, find:

  1. The distance around the track along its inner edge.
  2. The area of the track.

Area Related To Circles Depicts A Racking Track Left And Right Ends Are Semicircular

Solution:

Hence OB O’C = \(\frac{60}{2}=30 \mathrm{~m}\)

Area Related To Circles Depicts A Racking Track Left And Right Ends Are Semicircular.

AB = CD = 10m

∴ OA = O’D = (30 + 10) m = 40 m

1. Distance covered in one round along the inner edges of the path.

= BC + EH + 2 x circumference of semicircle

= \(106+106+2 \times \frac{1}{2} \times 2 \pi \times 30\)

= \(212+2 \times \frac{22}{7} \times 30=\frac{2804}{7} \mathrm{~m}\)

2. Inner radius r = OB = 30 m

Outer radius R = OA = 40 m

Area of path = 2 x area of ABCD + 2 x area of semicircular rings

= \(=2 \times 106 \times 10+\frac{1}{2} \times \pi\left(R^2-r^2\right)\)

= \(2120+\frac{22}{7} \times\left(40^2-30^2\right)\)

= 2120 + 2200 = 4320 m2

Area of path is 4320 m2

Question 9. In the figure, AB and CD are two diameters of a circle (with centre O) perpendicular to each other and OD is the diameter of the smaller circle. If OA = 7 cm, find the area of the shaded region.

Area Related To Circles Diameters Of A Circle

Solution:

Given

In the figure, AB and CD are two diameters of a circle (with centre O) perpendicular to each other and OD is the diameter of the smaller circle. If OA = 7 cm

The diameter of the smaller circle

OD = OA = 7 cm

∴ Radius r = \(\frac{7}{2}=3.5 \mathrm{~cm}\)

∴ Area of smaller circle = nr2

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times 3.5 \times 3.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2=38.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of semicircle OAQCPBO

= \(\frac{1}{2} \pi(O A)^2\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 7 \times 7=77 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of ΔABC = = \(\frac{1}{2} \times A B \times O C\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times 14 \times 7=49 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now the area of the shaded portion = area of the smaller circle + area of OAQCPBO – an area of ABC

= 38.5 + 77 –  49 = 66. cm2

The area of the shaded region = 66. cm2

Question 10. The area of an equilateral triangle 11 ABC is 17320.5 cm2. With each vertex of the triangle as the centre, a circle is drawn with a radius equal to half the length of the side of the triangle. Find the area of the shaded region. (Use π= 3.24 and √3 = 1.73205).

Area Related To Circles Area Of An Equilateral Triangle

Solution:

Given

The area of an equilateral triangle 11 ABC is 17320.5 cm2. With each vertex of the triangle as the centre, a circle is drawn with a radius equal to half the length of the side of the triangle.

Let the radius of each circle = r

Side of equilateral triangle = r + r = 2r

Now, area of equilateral triangle = \(\)

Given that, √3r2 = 17320.5 ⇒ 1.73205r2 = 17320.5

⇒ r2 = 10000 ⇒ r = 100 cm

Each angle of an equilateral triangle, θ = 60° Now, the area of sectors of three circles

= \(3 \times \frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi r^2\)

= \(3 \times \frac{60^8}{360^{\circ}} \times 3.14 \times(100)^2\)

= 15700 cm2

Area of shaded region = area of equilateral ABD = area of three sectors

= (17320.5 – 15700) cm2

= 1620.5 cm2

The area of the shaded region = 1620.5 cm2.

Question 11. On a square handkerchief, nine circular designs each of a radius of 7 cm are made. Find the area of the remaining portion of the handkerchief.

Area Related To Circles A Square Handkerchief Nine Circular Designs

Solution:

Given, the radius of each circle, r = 7 cm

Diameter of circle, d = 14 cm = 42 cm (∵ diameter = 2 x radius)

Three horizontal circles touch each other.

Length of square = 3 x 14 cm = 42 cm

Now area of a circle = πr2 = (7)2

= \(\frac{22}{7} \times(7)^2=154 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

∴ Area of 9 circles = 9 x 154 = 1386 cm2

Now, area of square ABCD = (side)2

= (42)2 = 1764 cm2

∴ Area of the remaining part of the handkerchief

= 1764 – 1386 = 378 cm2

The area of the remaining portion of the handkerchief = 378 cm2

Question 12. The OACB is a quadrant of a circle with centre O and a radius of 3.5 cm. If OD = 2 cm. find the area of the

  1. Quadrant OACB
  2. Shaded region.

Area Related To Circles A Quadrant Of A Circle

Solution:

Given

The OACB is a quadrant of a circle with centre O and a radius of 3.5 cm. If OD = 2 cm

Radius of quadrant AOB. r= 3.5 cm

1. Area of quadrant OACB

= \(\frac{1}{4} \pi^2\)

= \(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 3.5 \times 3.5=\frac{77}{8} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

2. Area of ΔOBD

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times O B \times O D\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times 3.5 \times 2=3.5 \mathrm{~cm}^2=\frac{7}{2} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of the shaded portion

= area of quadrant OACB – area of OBD

= \(\left(\frac{77}{8}-\frac{7}{2}\right) \mathrm{cm}^2=\frac{49}{8} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of the shaded portion =\(\frac{49}{8} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 13. In the square O.ABC is inscribed in a quadrant OPBQ. If OA = 20 cm, find the area of the shaded region. (Use π = 3.14)

Area Related To Circles Each Side Of A Square

Solution:

Given

In the square O.ABC is inscribed in a quadrant OPBQ. If OA = 20 cm

Each side of square OABC = 20 cm

∴ Area of OABC = (20)2 = 400 cm2

Area of OABC = (20)2 = 400 cm2

In ΔOAB,

OB2 = OA2 ~ AB2 = 202 + 202 = 800

⇒ OB = 20√2cm

which is the radius of quadrant OPBQ.

Area of quadrant OPBQ

= \(\frac{1}{4} \pi(O B)^2=\frac{1}{4} \times 3.14 \times(20 \sqrt{2})^2\)

= 628 cm2

Now, the area of the shaded portion

= area of quadrant OPBD – area of square OABC

= (628 – 400) cm2 = 228 cm2

The area of the shaded region = 228 cm2

Question 14. AB and CD are respectively arcs of two concentric circles of radii 21 cm and 7 cm and centre O . If ∠AOB = 30°, find the area of the shaded region.

Area Related To Circles Arcs Of Two Concentric Circles

Solution:

Given

AB and CD are respectively arcs of two concentric circles of radii 21 cm and 7 cm and centre O . If ∠AOB = 30°

Here Q = 30°

Area of the shaded portion

= Area of sector OAB – area of sector OCD

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi(O B)^2-\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi(O C)^2\)

= \(\frac{\theta}{360^{\circ}} \times \pi\left[(O B)^2-(O C)^2\right]\)

= \(\frac{30^{\circ}}{360^{\circ}} \times \frac{22}{7} \times\left(21^2-7^2\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{12} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 392 \mathrm{~cm}^2=\frac{308}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of the shaded portion \(\frac{308}{3} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Question 15. The ABC is a quadrant of a circle of radius 14 cm and a semicircle is drawn with BC as diameter. Find the area of the shaded region.

Area Related To Circles Quadrant Of A Circle

Solution:

Given

The ABC is a quadrant of a circle of radius 14 cm and a semicircle is drawn with BC as diameter.

For the quadrant ABC,

Radius r = 1 4 cm

∴ Area of quadrant ABC

= \(\frac{1}{4} \pi r^2\)

= \(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 14 \times 14=154 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Area of \(\triangle A B C=\frac{1}{2} \times A B \times A C\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times 14 \times 14=98 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

In right ABC,

BC2 = AC2 + AB2 = 142 + 142 = 392

BC = 14√2 cm

∴ For the semicircle formed on BC

Radius \(R=\frac{B C}{2}=\frac{14 \sqrt{2}}{2}=7 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~cm}\)

and area of semicircle

= \(\frac{1}{2} \pi R^2\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{22}{7} \times(7 \sqrt{2})^2=154 \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

Now, the area of the shaded portion

= area of ΔABC + area of semicircle – area of quadrant ABC

= (98 + 154 – 154) cm2 = 98 cm2

The area of the shaded region = 98 cm2

Question 16. Calculate the area of the designed region in the figure common between the two quadrants of circles of radius 8 cm each.

Area Related To Circles Common Between The Two Quadrants Of Circles

Solution:

The radius of each of quadrants ABMD and BNDC, r = 8 cm

Area Related To Circles Radius Of Each Quadrants

∴ Area of two quadrants

= \(2 \times \frac{1}{4} \pi r^2\)

= \(2 \times \frac{1}{4} \times \frac{22}{7} \times 8 \times 8\)

= \(\frac{704}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

and area of square ABCD = AB2 = 82 = 64 cm2

Now, the area of the shaded portion

= area of two quadrants – area of square ABCD

= \(\left(\frac{704}{7}-64\right) \mathrm{cm}^2\)

= \(\frac{256}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

The area of the designed region = \(\frac{256}{7} \mathrm{~cm}^2\)

NCERT Exemplar Solutions for Class 10 Maths Chapter 12  Area Related To Circles Multiple Choice Questions And Answers

Question 1. If the sum of the circumference of two circles of radii R1 and R2is equal to the circumference of a circle of radius R, then:

  1. R1 + R2 = R
  2. R1 + R2 > R
  3. R1 + R2 < R
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. R1 + R2 = R

Question 2. If the sum of the areas of two circles of radii and R1 and R2 is equal to the area of a circle of radius R, then:

  1. R1 + R2 = R
  2. R1 + R2 < R
  3. R12 + R22 = R2
  4. R12 + R22 < R2

Answer: 3. R12 + R22 = R2

Question 3. If the area of a circle is 154 cm2, then its circumference is:

  1. 11 cm
  2. 22 cm
  3. 44 cm
  4. 66 cm

Answer: 3. 44 cm

Question 4. The area of the largest triangle inscribed in a semicircle of radius r is:

  1. r2
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} r^2\)
  3. 2r2
  4. r2√2

Answer: 1. r2

Question 5. The area of the largest square inscribed in a circle of radius 8 cm is:

  1. 256 cm2
  2. 64 cm2
  3. 128 cm2
  4. 32 cm2

Answer: 3. 128 cm2

Question 6. The area largest circle inscribed in a square of side 4 cm is:

  1. 16π cm2
  2. 8π cm2
  3. 6π cm2
  4. 4π cm2

Answer: 2. 8ir cm2

Question 7. If the circumference of a circle and the perimeter of a square are equal, then the ratio of their areas is:

  1. 22:7
  2. 14:11
  3. 7:22
  4. 11:14

Answer: 2. 14:11

Question 8. In the adjoining figure, the perimeter of sector OAB is:

Area Related To Circles The Perimeter Of A Sector

  1. \(\frac{64}{3} \mathrm{~cm}\)
  2. 26 cm
  3. \(\frac{64}{5} \mathrm{~cm}\)
  4. 19 cm

Answer: 1. \(\frac{64}{3} \mathrm{~cm}\)

Question 9. The length of the minute hand of a clock is 14 cm. The area swept by hand in one minute will be:

  1. 10.26 cm2
  2. 10.50 cm2
  3. 10.75 cm2
  4. 11.0 cm2

Answer: 1. 10.26 cm2

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions Division Of A Line Segment

To divide a line segment (internally) in a given ratio m: n

Working Rule: (Internal division)

Draw a line segment AB of a given length.

Draw a ray AX making an acute angle XAB with AB.

Mark (m + n) points A1, A2, A3, …, Am+n on AX such that AA1 = A1A2 = A2A3 = … = Am+n-1 Am+n.

Join Am+n B.

Through Am, draw AmY || Am+n B (if m: n) meeting AB at Y. So, Y divides AB internally in the ratio m: n.

Read and Learn More Class 10 Maths Solutions Exemplar

Constructions Meeting AB At Y

Through An, draw An1Z || Am+n B (if n: m) meeting AB at Z. So, Z divides AB internally in the ratio n: m.

Constructions Meeting AB At Z

In Short:

Sum (m +n) endpoint

first (m) Parallel (Y)  (say)

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions Solved Problems

Question 1. Determine a point which divides a line segment 7 cm long, internally in the ratio 2:3.

Solution:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Draw a line segment AB = 7 cm by using a ruler.
  2. Draw any ray malting an acute ZBAC with AB.
  3. Along AC, mark off (2 + 3) = 5 points A1, A2, A3, A4 and A5 such that AA1 = A1A2 = A2A3 = A3A4 = A4A5.
  4. Join BA5
  5. Through A2 draw a line A2P parallel to A5B by making an angle equal to \(\angle A A_5 B\) at A2 intersecting AB at A point P.

The point P so obtained is the required point.

Constructions Meeting Acute Angle

Justification: In ΔA5B,

A2P || A5B (Construction)

∴ \(\frac{A A_2}{A_2 A_5}=\frac{A P}{P B}\) (by B.P theorem)

⇒ \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{A P}{P B}\) (Construction)

⇒ AP : PB = 2: 3

i.e., P divides AB internally in the ratio 2 : 3.

Alternate Method:

Draw the line segment AB = 7 cm.

Draw any ray AC making an acute angle ∠BAC with AB.

Draw a ray BD parallel to Ac by making ∠ABC equal to angle ∠BAC.

Mark off 2 points A1 and A2 on AC and 3 points B1, B2, B3 on AD such that AA1 = A1A2 = BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3

Join B3A2, suppose it intersects AB at point P. Then, P is the required point.

Constructions Meeting Intersects AB At Point P

To Divide a Line Segment (Externally) in a Given Ratio m: n

Working Rule: (External Division)

Constructions Meeting To Divided A Line Segment

Question 2. Determine a point which divides a line segment 6 cm long externally in the ratio 5 : 3.

Solution:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Draw a line segment AB = 6 cm.
  2. Draw any ray making an acute ∠BAX with AB.
  3. Along AX, mark off (larger among the ratios) 5 points A1, A2, A3, A4, A5 such that AA1 = A1A2 = A2A3 = A3A4 = A4A5.
  4. Join the point A2 (5-3) with end point B.
  5. Draw a line parallel to A2B from A5 (larger among the ratios) which meets AB produced at P.

The point P, so obtained is the required point such that AP: BP = 5 : 3.

Constructions Meets AB Produced At P

Justification: In AA5P,

Since A2B || A5P, (Construction)

∴ \(\frac{A P}{B P}=\frac{A A_5}{A_2 A_5}\) (by B.P theorem)

⇒ \(\frac{A P}{B P}=\frac{5}{3}\) (Construction)

Question 3. Determine a point which divides a line segment 6 cm long externally in the ratio 3:5.

Solution:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Draw a line segment AB = 6 cm.
  2. Draw any ray making an acute ∠ABX with AB.
  3. Along BX, mark off (larger among the ratios) 5 points B1, B2, B3, B4 and B5 such that BB1 =B1B2 = B2B3 — B3B4 = B4B5.
  4. Join the point B2 (5 – 3) with endpoint A
  5. Draw a line parallel to B2A from B5 (larger among the ratios) which meets BA produced at P.

The point P so obtained is the required point such that AP: BP = 3:5.

Constructions Meets BA Produced At P

Justification: In ΔPBB5,

Since, B2A || B5P (Construction)

∴ \(\frac{B_2 B_5}{B B_5}=\frac{A P}{B P}\) (by B.P theorem)

⇒ \(\frac{3}{5}=\frac{A P}{B P}\) (Construction)

i.e., P divides AB externally in the ratio of 3:5

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions To Construct A Triangle Similar To A Given Triangle

Question 1. Construct a triangle similar to a given triangle ABC such that each of its sides is \(\frac{2}{3} \mathrm{rd}\) of the corresponding sides of the triangle ABC. It is given that AB = 4 cm, BC = 5 cm and AC = 6 cm.

Solutions:

Given

It is given that AB = 4 cm, BC = 5 cm and AC = 6 cm.

Steps of construction:

  1. Take BC = 5cm and Construct ΔABC with BA = 4cm and CA = 6cm.
  2. Divide BC into three equal parts.
  3. Let C be a point on BC such that \(B C^{\prime}=\frac{2}{3} B C\)
  4. Draw A’C parallel to AC through C” intersecting BA at A’. ΔA’BC” is the required triangle.

Constructions Triangle

Question 2. Construct an isosceles triangle whose base is 6 cm and altitude 4 cm. Then construct another triangle whose sides are \(\frac{3}{4}\) times the corresponding sides of the first triangle.

Solution:

Steps to Construction:

  1. Draw a line segment BC = 6 cm.
  2. Draw a perpendicular bisector of BC.
  3. From mid-point D of BC on perpendicular bisector mark DA = 4 cm, join AB and AC.
  4. Below BC make an acute angle ∠CBZ.
  5. Along BZ mark off four points B1, B2, B3 and B4 such that BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3 = B3B4.
  6. Join B4C.
  7. From B3 draw B3E parallel to B4C meeting BC at E.
  8. From E draw EF || CA meeting BA at F. Then, ΔFBE is the required triangle.

Constructions Isosceles Triangle

Question 3. Construct a quadrilateral ABCD with AB = 3 cm, AD = 2.7 cm, DB = 3.6 cm, ∠B =110° and BC = 4.2 cm. Construct another quadrilateral A’BC’D’ similar to quadrilateral ABCD so that diagonal BD’ = 4.8 cm.

Solutions:

Steps to construction:

  1. Draw a line segment BC = 4.2 cm
  2. At B, construct angle YBC = 110°
  3. With centre B and a radius equal to 3 cm, draw an arc-cutting BT at A.
  4. With centre A and a radius equal to 2.7 cm, draw an arc.
  5. With centre B and radius equal to 3.6 cm, draw another arc cutting the previous arc at D.
  6. Join AD, CD and BD. Then, ABCD is the required quadrilateral.
  7. Produce BD to D’ such that BD’ = 4.8 cm.
  8. From D’, draw a line parallel to DA which cuts BY at A’.
  9. From D’, draw a line parallel to DC which cuts BC produced at D’.

Then, □ - Wiktionary, the free dictionaryA’BC’D’ is the required quadrilateral similar to □ - Wiktionary, the free dictionaryABCD.

Constructions A Quadrilateral

Question 4. Construct a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD in which AB = 4.2 cm, BC = 5.5 cm, CA = 4.6 cm and AD = 3 cm. Also, construct a quadrilateral similar to □ - Wiktionary, the free dictionaryABCD whose sides are 1 .5 times the corresponding sides of □ - Wiktionary, the free dictionaryABCD.

Solution:

Steps to construction:

  1. Draw a line segment AB = 4.2 cm.
  2. With centre A and a radius equal to 4.6 cm, draw an arc.
  3. With centre B and radius equal to 5.5 cm, draw another arc cutting the previous arc at C.
  4. Join AC and BC.
  5. Draw the perpendicular bisectors of any two sides say AB and BC respectively of ΔABC. Let them intersect each other at O.
  6. Taking O as the centre and radius as OA or OB or OC, draw a circle. This is the circumcircle of ΔABC.
  7. With centre A and radius equal to 3 cm, cut an arc on the opposite side of B, to cut the circle at D.
  8. Join AD and CD. Then, □ - Wiktionary, the free dictionaryABCD is the required cyclic quadrilateral.
  9. Produce Ac to C’ such that \(A C^{\prime}=1.5 \times A C \text { i.e., }\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right) A C \Rightarrow A C+\frac{1}{2} \times 4.6\) i.e., 2.3cm more.
  10. From C’, draw a line parallel to CD which meets AD produced at D’.
  11. From C’, draw a line parallel to CB which meets AB produced at B’. Then, □ - Wiktionary, the free dictionaryAB’C’D’ is the required quadrilateral similar to cyclic quadrilateral ABCD.

Constructions A Cyclic Quadrilateral

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions Of Tangents To A Circle

Question 1. Take a point O on the plane of the paper. With O as the centre draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Take a point on this circle and draw a tangent at P.

Solution:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Take a point O on the plane of the paper and draw a circle of a given radius of 4 cm.
  2. Take a point P on the circle and join OP.
  3. Construct ∠OPT = 90°.
  4. Produce TP to T’ to obtain the required tangent TPT’.

Constructions Tangent At P

Question 2. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Take a point P on it. Without using the centre of the circle, draw a tangent to the circle at point P.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw any chord PQ through the given point P on the circle.
  2. Take a point R on the circle and join P and Q to a point R.
  3. Construct ∠QPY = ∠PRQ and on the opposite side of the chord PQ.
  4. Produce YP to X to get YPX as the required tangent.

Constructions Tangent To The Circle At Point P

Question 3. Draw a circle of radius 2.5 cm. Take a point at a distance of 5 cm from the centre of the circle. From point P, draw two tangents to the circle.

Solution:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Take a point O in the plane of the paper and draw a circle of radius 2.5 cm.
  2. Mark a point P at a distance of 5.0 cm from the centre O and, join OP.
  3. Draw the right bisector of OP, intersecting OP at Q.
  4. Taking Q as a centre and OQ = PQ as the radius, draw a circle to intersect the given circle at T and T.
  5. Join PT and PT’ to get the required tangents.

Constructions Two Tangent To The Circle

Question 4. Draw a pair of tangents to a circle of radius 5 cm inclined to each other at an angle of 60°.

Solution:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Take a point O on the plane of the paper and draw a circle with centre O and radius OA = 5 cm.
  2. At O construct radii OA and OB such that ∠AOB equals 120° i.e., supplement of the angle between the tangents.
  3. Draw perpendiculars to OA and OB at A and B respectively suppose these perpendiculars intersect at P. Then, PA and PB are required tangents.

Constructions Pair Of Tangent To The Circle

Question 5. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Take a point P outside the circle. Without using the centre of the circle, draw two tangents to the circle from point P.

Solutions:

Steps of Construction:

  1. Draw a line segment of 4 cm.
  2. Take a point P outside the circle and draw a second PAB, intersecting the circle at A and B.
  3. Produce AP to C such that AP = CP.
  4. Draw a semi-circle with CB as the diameter.
  5. Draw PD ⊥ CB, intersecting the semi-circle at D.
  6. Widi P as centre and PD as radius draw arcs to intersect the given circle at T and T’.
  7. Join PT and PT’. Then, PT and PT’ are the required tangents.

Constructions Two Tangent Two The Circle From Point P

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions Exercise 11.1

Question 1. Draw a line segment of length 7.6 cm and divide it in the ratio 5:8. Measure the two parts.

Solution:

Steps of construction :

  1. Draw a line segment AB = 7.6 cm.
  2. Draw a ray AX which forms an acute angle from AB.
  3. Cut (8 + 5) = 13 equal marks on ray AX and mark them X1, X2, X3, X4, …, X13.
  4. Join X13 to B.
  5. Draw X5C || X13 B from X5 which meets AB at C.

So, point C divides the line segment AB in the ratio 5:8.

On measuring two line segments, we get AC = 4.7 cm, BC = 2.9 cm

Constructions Line Segment

Verification: In ΔABX13 and ΔACX5, CX5 || BX13

∴ \(\frac{A C}{C B}=\frac{A X_5}{X_5 X_{13}}=\frac{5}{8}\)

⇒ AC: AB = 5:8

Question 2. Construct a triangle of sides 4 cm, 5 cm and 6 cm and then a triangle similar to it whose sides are \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the corresponding sides of the first triangle.

Solutions:

Steps of construction:

  1. Construct a ΔABC such that BC = 6 cm, AC = 5 cm and AB = 4 cm.
  2. Draw a ray BX such that ∠CBX is at an acute angle.
  3. Mark three points X1, X2 and X3 on BX such that BX1 = X1X2 = X2X3.
  4. Join X3 and C.
  5. Draw a line parallel to line X3C from X2 which intersects BC at C’.
  6. Draw a line parallel to line CA from C which meets BA at A’.

So, ΔA’B C’ is the required triangle.

Constructions Two Triangles

Verification: By construction

X3C || X2C’  ⇒ \(\frac{B X_2}{X_2 X_3}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{C^{\prime} C}\)

but \(\frac{B X_2}{X_2 X_3}=\frac{1}{2} \quad ⇒ \quad \frac{B C^{\prime}}{C^{\prime} C}=\frac{2}{1}\)

⇒ \(\frac{C^{\prime} C}{B C^{\prime}}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Adding 1 on both sides,

⇒ \(\frac{C^{\prime} C}{B C^{\prime}}+1=\frac{1}{2}+1\)

⇒ \(\frac{C^{\prime} C+B C^{\prime}}{B C^{\prime}}=\frac{1+2}{2} = \frac{B C}{B C^{\prime}}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Now, in ΔBC’A’ and ΔBCA,

CA || C’A’

from A.A. similarity, ΔBC’A’ ∼ ΔBCA

⇒ \(\frac{A^{\prime} B}{A B}=\frac{A^{\prime} C^{\prime}}{A C}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C} \quad\left[\text { each }=\frac{2}{3}\right]\)

Question 3. Construct a triangle with sides 5 cm, 6 cm and 7 cm and then another triangle whose sides are \(\frac{7}{5}\) of the corresponding sides of the first triangle.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw a line segment BC = 5 cm
  2. Draw two arcs with centres B and C of radii 7 cm and 6 cm respectively which intersect each other at A.
  3. Join BA and CA. ΔABC is the required triangle.
  4. Draw a ray BX from B downwards, making an acute angle ∠CBX.
  5. Mark seven points B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B6 and B7 on B8 such that BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3 = B3B4 = B4B5 = B5B6 = B6B7
  6. Join B5C and draw B7M || B5C from B7, which intersects the produced BC at M.
  7. Draw MN || CA from point M which intersects the produced BA at N.

Now ΔNBM is the required triangle whose sides are \(\frac{7}{5}\) of the sides of ΔABC.

Constructions A Triangle And Then Another Triangle

Justification:

By construction,

B7M || B5C

∴ \(\frac{B C}{C M}=\frac{5}{2}\)

Now, \(\frac{B M}{B C}=\frac{B C+C M}{B C}\)

= \(1+\frac{C M}{B C}=1+\frac{2}{5}=\frac{7}{5}\)

∴ \(\frac{B M}{B C}=\frac{7}{5}\)

and, MN || CA

∴ ΔABC ∼ ΔNBM

and \(\frac{N B}{A B}=\frac{B M}{B C}=\frac{M N}{C A}=\frac{7}{5}\)

Question 4. Construct an isosceles triangle whose base is 8 cm and altitude 4 cm and then another triangle whose sides are \(1 \frac{1}{2}\) times the corresponding sides of the isosceles triangle.

Solutions:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw the line segment BC = 8cm.
  2. Draw the perpendicular bisector OQ of BC which intersects BC at P.
  3. Take PA = 4 cm along PO.
  4. Join BA and CA. Now ΔABC is the required isosceles triangle.
  5. Draw a ray BX from B making acute angle ∠CBX.
  6. Mark three points B1, B2 and B3 on BX such that BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3
  7. Join B2C and draw B3N || B2C from B3 which intersects the Produced BC at N.
  8. Draw NM || CA from point N which intersects the produced BA at M.

Then ΔMBN is the required rectangle.

Constructions An Isosceles triangle

Justification:

∵ B3 || B2C (by construction)

∴ \(\frac{B C}{C N}=\frac{2}{1}\)

Now \(\frac{B N}{B C}=\frac{B C+C N}{B C}=1+\frac{C N}{B C}=1+\frac{1}{2}=1 \frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 6 cm, AB = 5 cm and ABC = 60°. Then construct a triangle whose sides are \(\frac{4}{3}\) of the corresponding sides of the triangle ABC.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Construct a triangle ABC such that BC = 6 cm, AB = 5 cm and ∠ABC = 60°.
  2. Draw a ray \(\overrightarrow{B X}\) such that CBX is an acute angle.
  3. Mark four points X1, X2, X3, and X4 on BX such that BX1 = X1X2 = X2X3 = X3X4.
  4. Join X4C.
  5. Draw X3C’ || X4C which intersects BC at C.
  6. Draw a line from C, parallel to CA which intersects BC at A’.

So, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.

Constructions Triangle ABC

Verification: By construction

X4C || X3C’ [from B.P.T.]

∴ \(\frac{B X_3}{B X_4}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C} \text { but } \frac{B X_3}{B X_4}=\frac{3}{4}\) (by construction)

⇒ \(\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{3}{4}\) → (1)

Now, CA || C’A’ (by construction)

ΔBC’A’ BCA [from A.A. similarity]

⇒ \(\frac{A^{\prime} B}{A B}=\frac{A^{\prime} C^{\prime}}{A C}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{3}{4}\) [from (1)].

Question 6. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 7 cm, ∠B = 45°, ∠A = 105°. Then, construct a triangle whose sides are \(\frac{4}{3}\) times the corresponding sides of ΔABC.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Construct a ΔABC such that BC = 7 cm, ∠B = 45° and ∠A = 105°.
  2. Draw a ray BX such that ∠CBX is at an acute angle.
  3. Mark four points X1, X2, X3 and X4 on BX such that:
    Bx1 = X1X2 = X2X3 = X3X4.
  4. Draw a line from X4 parallel to X3C which intersects BC produced at C’.
  5. Draw a line from C parallel to CA, that intersects BA produced at A’.
  6. Thus, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.

Constructions A Triangle Corresponding Sides Of ABC

Verification: By construction,

C’A’ || CA [from A.A. similarity]

ΔABC ∼ ΔA’BC’

⇒ \(\frac{A^{\prime} B}{A B}=\frac{A^{\prime} C^{\prime}}{A C}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}\) → (1)

Again, by construction

X4C’ || X3C

∴ BX4C’ BX3C

⇒ \(\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{B X_4}{B X_3}\)

but \(\frac{B X_4}{B X_3}=\frac{4}{3} \Rightarrow \frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{4}{3}\) → (2)

from (1) and (2),

∴ \(\frac{A^{\prime} B}{A B}=\frac{A^{\prime} C^{\prime}}{A C}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{4}{3}\).

Question 7. Draw a right triangle in which the sides (other than hypotenuse) are of lengths 4 cm and 3 cm. Then construct another triangle whose sides are \(\frac{5}{3}\) times the corresponding sides of the given triangle.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw a line segment BC = 4 cm.
  2. Draw a line segment AB = 3 cm from B which makes a 90° angle from BC.]
  3. Join AC. ΔABC is the given right-angled triangle.
  4. Draw an acute angle ∠CBY from B downwards.
  5. Mark 5 points B1, B2, B3, B4 and B5 on BY such that BB1 = B1B2 = B2B3 = B3B4 = B4B5.
  6. Join B3C.
  7. Draw B5C’ || B3 C from B5, which meets the produced BC at C.
  8. Draw C’A’ || CA from C’ which meets the produced BA at A’

So, ΔA’BC’ is the required triangle.

Constructions A Right Triangle

Justification:

By construction, B5C’ || B3C

∴ \(\frac{B C}{C C^{\prime}}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Now, \(\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{B C+C C^{\prime}}{B C}=1+\frac{C C^{\prime}}{B C}\)

= \(1+\frac{2}{3}=\frac{5}{3}\)

and, C’A’ = CA

∴ ΔABC ∼ ΔA’BC’

and \(\frac{A^{\prime} B}{A B}=\frac{B C^{\prime}}{B C}=\frac{A^{\prime} C^{\prime}}{C A}=\frac{5}{3}\)

NCERT Exemplar For Class 10 Maths Chapter 11 Constructions Exercise 11.2

Question 1. Question 1. Draw a circle of radius 6 cm. From a point 10 cm away from its centre, construct the pair of tangents to the circle and measure their lengths.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Mark a point O.
  2. Draw a circle with centre O and a radius of 6 cm.
  3. Mark a point P at a distance of 10 cm from the centre.
  4. Join O and P
  5. Bisects OP at point M.
  6. With the centre at point M, draw a circle with a radius MO or MP which intersects the given circle at A and B.
  7. Join PA and PB. So, PA and PB are two required tangents. On measuring PA = PB = 9.6 cm.

Constructions The Pair Of Tangent To The Circle

Verification: Join OA and OB. Since OP is a diameter.

∠OAP = 90º; ∠OBP = 90º [angle in semicircle]

Again OA and OB are the radii of a circle.

⇒ PA and PB are tangents to the circle.

Question 2. Construct a tangent to a circle of radius 4 cm from a point on the concentric circle of radius 6 cm and measure its length. Also, verify the measurement by actual calculation.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw two circles of radii 4 cm and 6 cm with a centre O.
  2. Mark a point P on a larger circle.
  3. Join O and P.
  4. Find the point M of the perpendicular bisector of.OP.
  5. With centre M and radius OM or PM draw a circle which intersects the smaller circle at A and B.
  6. Join A and P.

So, PA is the required tangent. On measuring PA = 4.5 cm.

Constructions A Tangent To A Circle Of Radius

Verification: Join O and A.

∠PAO = 90° [angle in semcircle]

PA ⊥ OA

∵ OA is the radius of the small circle.

∴ PA is a tangent of the smaller circle

Question 3. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Take two points P and Q on one of its extended diameters each at a distance of 7 cm from its centre. Draw tangents to the circle from these two points P and Q.

Solution:

Given : P and Q are two points on a diameter of the circle of radius 3 cm.

and OP = OQ = 7cm

We have to construct the tangents to the circle from P and Q.

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm with centre O.
  2. Produce its diameter on both sides and take two points P and Q on it such that OP = OQ = 7 cm.
  3. Bisect OP and OQ. Let E and F be the mid-points of OP and OQ respectively.
  4. Draw a circle with centre E and radius OE, which intersects the given circle (0, 3) at M and N. Again draw a circle with centre F and radius OF which intersects the given circle at P’ and Q’.
  5. Join PM, PN, QP’ and QQ’. These are the required tangents from P and Q to the circle (0, 3).

Constructions Tangents To The Circle Of Two Points

Justification:

Join OM and ON. ∠OMP lies in the semicircle, so ∠OMP = 90°. OM is the radius of the circle, so MP is the tangent to the circle. Similarly PN, QP’ and OQ’ are also the tangents to the circle.

Question 4. Draw a pair of tangents to a circle of radius 5 cm inclined to each other at an angle of 60°.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Construct a circle with centre O and radius = 5 cm.
  2. Draw ∠AOB = 120°.
  3. Draw a perpendicular on OA from point A.
  4. Draw a perpendicular on OB from B.
  5. Both perpendiculars intersect each other at point C.

So, CA and CB are the required tangents to the circle, inclined at a 60° angle.

Constructions A Pair Of Tangents To A Circle

Verification:

In quadrilateral OACB, from angle sum property.

⇒ 120° + 90° + 90° + ∠ACB = 360°

⇒ 300° + ∠ACB = 360°

⇒ ∠ACB = 360°- 300° = 60°

Question 5. Draw a line segment AB of length S cm. Taking A as the centre, draw a circle of radius 4 cm and taking B as the centre, draw another circle of radius 3 cm. Construct tangents to each circle from the centre of the other circle.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw a line segment AB = 8 cm.
  2. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm taking A as the centre.
  3. Draw another circle of radius 3 cm talcing B as the centre.
  4. Draw the perpendicular bisector of AB and find the mid-point M of AB.
  5. Draw the circle with centre M and radius MA or MB which intersects the circle with centre A at P and Q and the circle with centre F at R and S.
  6. Join BP and FQ. So, BP and FQ are the required tangents on a circle with centre A from B.
  7. Now join RA and SA.

So, RA and SA are the tangents on a circle with centre B from A.

Constructions Tangents To Each Circle From The Centre Of The Other Circle

Verification: Join A and P.

∠APB = 90° => BP ⊥ AP

but AP is the radius of a circle with centre A.

⇒ AP is a tangent of the circle with centre A.

Similarly, BQ is also a tangent of the circle with centre A. Similarly AR and AS are the tangents of the circle with centre B.

Question 6. Let ABC be a right triangle in which AB = 6 cm, BC = 8 cm and B = 90° BD is the perpendicular from b on AC. The circle through B, C, and D is drawn. Construct the tangents from A to this circle.

Solution:

Given

Let ABC be a right triangle in which AB = 6 cm, BC = 8 cm and B = 90° BD is the perpendicular from b on AC. The circle through B, C, and D is drawn.

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw line segments AB = 6 cm and BC= 8 cm perpendicular to each other. Join AC. Now ΔABC is a right-angled triangle.
  2. Taking the mid-point F of BC as the centre and radius of 4 cm, draw a circle which passes through points B, C and D.
  3. Join AF and bisects A it. Let O be the midpoint of AF.
  4. The circle drawn with f centre O and radius OA intersects the given circle at B and M.
  5. Join AB and AM, which are the required tangents.

Constructions Right Triangle

Justification:

Join FM and FB. Now ∠AMF lies in a semicircle,

so ∠AMF = 90° ⇒ FM ⊥ AM

∵ FM is the radius of the circle, so AM is the tangent to the circle and F is the centre.

Similarly, AB is also the tangent to the circle with centre F.

Question 7. Draw a circle with the help of a bangle Take a point outside the circle. Construct the pair of tangents from this point to the circle.

Solution:

Steps of construction:

  1. Draw a circle using a bangle.
  2. Draw two chords AP and MT. The perpendicular bisectors of AP and MT intersect each other at O, which is the centre of the circle.
  3. Take a point R outside the circle. Join OR and bisect it.
  4. Let Q be the mid-point of OR. The circle drawn with centre Q and radius OQ intersects the given circle at S and N.
  5. Join RS and RN, so RS and RN are the required tangents from R.

Constructions The Pair Of Tangents From This Point To The Circle

Justification:

Join OS and ON. ∠OSR lies in a semicircle, so

∠OSR = 90° ⇒ OS || SR

∵ OS is the radius of a circle with a centre of O, so SR is the centre of that circle whose centre is O. Similarly, RN is also the tangent to the circle with a centre of O.